Form 485APOS LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2025
1933 Act Registration No. 333-273746
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
Lincoln Level Advantage® B-Share
Lincoln Level Advantage® Advisory
Lincoln Level Advantage® B-Class
Lincoln Level Advantage® Advisory Class
Lincoln Level Advantage® Design B-Share
Lincoln Level Advantage® Design Advisory
Lincoln Level Advantage® Select B-Share
Lincoln Level Advantage® Access
Lincoln Level Advantage® Advisory
Lincoln Level Advantage® B-Class
Lincoln Level Advantage® Advisory Class
Lincoln Level Advantage® Design B-Share
Lincoln Level Advantage® Design Advisory
Lincoln Level Advantage® Select B-Share
Lincoln Level Advantage® Access
THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Name of Insurance Company)
(Name of Insurance Company)
1301 South Harrison Street
Post Office Box 1110
Fort Wayne, Indiana 46801
(Address of Insurance Company’s Principal Executive Offices)
Post Office Box 1110
Fort Wayne, Indiana 46801
(Address of Insurance Company’s Principal Executive Offices)
(260) 455-2000
(Insurance Company’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Craig T. Beazer, Esquire
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
150 North Radnor Chester Road
Radnor, PA 19087
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
(Insurance Company’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
150 North Radnor Chester Road
Radnor, PA 19087
Copy to:
Jassmin McIver-Jones, Esquire
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
100 N. Greene Street
Greensboro, North Carolina 27401
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
100 N. Greene Street
Greensboro, North Carolina 27401
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: Continuous
It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
/ / immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
/ / on May 1, 2025, pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
/X/ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
/ / on __________, pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
If appropriate, check the following box:
/ / This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
Check each box that appropriately characterizes the Registrant:
/ / New Registrant (as applicable, a Registered Separate Account or Insurance Company that has not filed a Securities Act registration statement or amendment thereto within 3 years preceding this filing)
/ / Emerging Growth Company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”))
/ / If an Emerging Growth Company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act
/X/ Insurance Company relying on Rule 12h-7 under the Exchange Act
/ / Smaller reporting company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act)
Title of Securities being registered:
Interests in a separate account under individual flexible payment deferred variable annuity contracts.
Interests in a separate account under individual flexible payment deferred variable annuity contracts.
Lincoln Level Advantage® Advisory Individual Variable and Index-Linked Annuity Contracts
Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N
Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N
May 1, 2025
Home Office:
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
1301 South Harrison Street
Fort Wayne, IN 46802
www.LincolnFinancial.com
1-877-737-6872
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
1301 South Harrison Street
Fort Wayne, IN 46802
www.LincolnFinancial.com
1-877-737-6872
This prospectus describes an individual flexible premium variable and index-linked deferred annuity contract issued by The Lincoln National Life
Insurance Company (Lincoln Life or Company).
This Contract can be purchased as either a nonqualified annuity or qualified retirement annuity under Section 408 (IRAs) or 408A (Roth IRAs) of the
tax code. Generally, you do not pay federal income tax on the Contract's growth until it is paid out. You receive tax deferral for an IRA whether or not the funds are invested in an annuity contract. Further, if your Contract is a
Roth IRA, you generally will not pay income tax on a distribution, provided certain conditions are met. Therefore, there should be reasons other than tax deferral for purchasing a qualified annuity contract. We offer other types
of annuity contracts that may offer different investment options, features, and optional benefits. You should carefully consider whether or not this Contract is the best product for you.
This Contract is a complex investment and involves risks, including potential loss of principal.
This Contract is available through third-party financial intermediaries who may charge an advisory fee for their services. That
fee is in addition to contract fees and expenses. If you elect to pay third-party advisory fees out of your Contract Value, each deduction may impact your Contract Value, reduce the Death
Benefit(s) and other guaranteed benefits, and may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% penalty tax.
The Contract is designed to accumulate Contract Value and to provide retirement income over a certain period of time or for life subject
to certain conditions. The Contract offers several Indexed Accounts which provide a rate of return based in part on the performance of an Index you select. This Contract also offers a Death Benefit payable upon the death
of the Contractowner or Annuitant. This prospectus is used by both new purchasers and current Contractowners and describes all material rights and obligations of annuity purchasers under the Contract .
The state in which your Contract is issued will govern whether or not certain features, riders, restrictions, limitations, charges and fees will apply to your Contract. All material state variations are discussed in this
prospectus, however, non-material variations may not be discussed. You should refer to your Contract regarding state-specific features. Please check with your financial professional regarding availability.
If you are a new investor in the Contract, you may cancel your Contract within ten days of receiving it without paying fees or
penalties , although any Contract Adjustments will be applied . In some states, and if you are replacing an existing Contract , this free look or cancellation period may be longer. Upon
cancellation, you will receive either a full refund of the amount you paid with your application or your total Contract Value. You should review this prospectus and consult with your financial professional for additional
information about the specific cancellation terms that may apply.
The minimum initial Purchase Payment for the Contract is $25,000. Additional Purchase Payments may be made to the Contract, subject to certain
restrictions, and must be at least $100 per payment ($25 if transmitted electronically), and at least $300 annually. We reserve the right to limit, restrict, or suspend Purchase Payments made to the Contract upon advance written
notice. Purchase Payments and Contract Value may be allocated to the Indexed Accounts only on the initial Start Date or Indexed Anniversary Date and must be at least $2,000.
You choose whether to invest in one or more Subaccounts, in one or more Index-linked accounts, or both (together, the “Investment Options”).
Additional information about each of the Investment Options is available in Appendix A – Investment Options Available Under The Contract.
You may invest in the Index -linked portion of the Contract by choosing one or more of the available Indexed Accounts subject to
any limitations described herein. Indexed Accounts are established for either 1-, 3-, or 6-year terms, and the return on these accounts at the end of the Indexed Term is based in part on the
performance of a specified Index. Each Indexed Account will have either (i) a specified Performance Cap, which is the highest Performance Rate that we will credit, (ii) a specified percentage of positive Index
performance based on a Participation Rate, (iii) a Performance Trigger Rate that provides a specified rate of return if the performance
1
of the Index is zero or positive, (iv) a Dual Performance Trigger Rate, which will either provide a specific rate of return if
the performance of the Index is positive, zero or negative with the Protection Level or be added to the Index Performance percentage and the Protection Level if the Index performance is
negative and beyond the Protection Level, or (v) a Dual Rate which will provide either a minimum rate of return if the Index performance is between zero and the Dual Rate, or will be added to the Index performance if the Index
performance is negative, and a Performance Cap that applies if the Index performance exceeds the Dual Rate . The amount of gain
credited for each Indexed Segment at the end of an Indexed Term will be limited by the Performance Cap , Performance Trigger Rate or Dual Performance Trigger Rate we declare . We
guarantee a minimum declared
crediting rate for each Indexed Account. See Appendix A – Investment
Options Available Under The Contract for the guaranteed minimum declared crediting rates for each Indexed Account .
If any Indexed Segment has a Protection Level or a Dual Rate, any loss for each Indexed Segment at the end of an Indexed Term including
any loss experienced from negative Index performance, is limited by the Protection Method or Dual Rate. Your Contract Value will
not be impacted by any loss up to the applicable Protection Method or Dual Rate that you choose if you do not make withdrawals during the Indexed Term. Under extreme circumstances, you could lose up to 90% of your
investment in an Indexed Account with a 10% Protection Level, up to 85% of your investment in an Indexed Account with a 15% Protection Level or a 15% Dual Rate, up to 80% of your investment in an Indexed Account
with a 20% Protection Level, up to 75% of your investment in an Indexed Account with a 25% Protection Level and up to 70% of your investment in an Indexed Account with a 30% Protection Level. This potential of
loss exists for each Indexed Term, and over the life of the Contract could be much greater. We do not guarantee that the Contract will always offer Indexed Accounts that limit Index losses in which you could lose the
entire amount of your investment.
This Contract is not designed for short-term investing and is not appropriate for the investor who needs ready access to cash.
Withdrawals could result in negative Contract Adjustments, taxes, and tax penalties. Your risk of loss may be greater if you make a withdrawal prior to the End Date of an Indexed Term because of the negative Contract Adjustment based on the Interim Value of the Indexed Segment.
The Interim Value for each Indexed Segment is calculated each Valuation Date prior to the End Date of the Indexed Term . The Interim Value calculation is not based on the value of the Index but the fair market value of the portfolio of investment instruments supporting the
Indexed Segment. Under extreme conditions a
negative Contract Adjustment
based on Interim Value could result in a loss of up to 100% of
your Contract Value. Such loss can occur even if an Index has increased
in value. This means your Interim Value could reflect negative performance, even if the Index Value has increased.
If you withdraw Contract Value prior to the End Date of an Indexed Term (including the ongoing deductions of advisory fees), the withdrawal
will cause an immediate reduction in your Indexed Crediting Base in a proportion equal to the reduction in your Interim Value. A proportional reduction could be larger than the dollar amount of your withdrawal.
Reductions in your Indexed Crediting Base will negatively impact your Interim Value for the remainder of the Indexed Term and will result in a lower Segment Maturity Value at the end of the Indexed Term. Once
your Indexed Crediting Base is reduced due to a withdrawal during any Indexed Term, you cannot increase it during the remainder of the Indexed Term.
We hold all or a portion of the assets for our obligations for the Indexed Account options in a non-registered, non-insulated separate account
established by Us . The Indexed Accounts are not invested in any underlying fund. We do not guarantee how any of the Indexed
Accounts will perform.
Investors should consult a financial professional about the Contract’s features, benefits, risks, and fees, and whether the
Contract is appropriate for the investor based upon your financial situation and objectives. We do not guarantee that an Indexed Account option will always be available. Our obligations
under the Contract, including amounts to be paid to you from the Indexed Accounts are subject to our financial strength and claims paying ability.
All Purchase Payments allocated to the variable portion of the Contract will be placed in Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N (Variable Annuity
Account [VAA]). The VAA is a segregated investment account of Lincoln Life. You take all the investment risk on the Contract Value and the retirement income for amounts placed into one or more of the Contract’s variable options
(“Subaccounts”), which, in turn, invest in corresponding underlying funds. If the Subaccounts you select make money, your Contract Value goes up; if they lose money, it goes down. How much it goes up or down depends on the
performance of the Subaccounts you select. We do not guarantee how any of the Subaccounts or their funds will perform. Also, neither the U.S.
Government nor any federal agency insures or guarantees your investment in the Contract. The Contracts are not bank deposits and are not endorsed by any bank or government agency.
Additional information about certain investment products , including registered index- linked annuities
and variable annuities, has been prepared by the SEC' s staff
and is available online at www. Investor. gov .
The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is
truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
2
Table of Contents
|
Item
|
Page
|
|
4
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
A - 1
|
|
|
B - 1
|
3
Special Terms
In this prospectus, the following terms have the indicated meanings:
Access Period—Under i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage, a defined period of time during which we make Periodic Income Payments to you while you still have access to your Account Value. This means that you may make withdrawals, surrender the
Contract, and have a Death Benefit.
Account or Variable Annuity Account (VAA)—The segregated
investment account, Account N, into which we set aside and invest the assets for the Subaccounts offered in this prospectus.
Account Value—Under i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage, the Account Value on a Valuation Date equals the total value of all the
Contractowner’s Accumulation Units plus the Contractowner’s value in the Indexed Segments and the Periodic Income Payment Account, if any.
Accumulation Unit—A measure used to calculate the assets in the
Subaccounts before the Annuity Commencement Date and to calculate the variable side of the i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage Account Value during the Access Period.
Advisory Fee Withdrawal—Withdrawals from your Contract Value to
pay the advisory fees associated with your Fee-Based Financial Plan.
Annuitant—The person upon whose life the annuity benefit payments
are based, and upon whose death a Death Benefit may be paid.
Annuity Commencement Date—The Valuation Date when funds are
withdrawn or converted into Annuity Units or fixed dollar payout for payment of retirement income benefits under the Annuity Payout option you select (other than i4LIFE®
Indexed Advantage).
Annuity Payout—A regularly scheduled payment (under any of the
available annuity options) that occurs after the Annuity Commencement Date (or the i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage effective date if applicable). Payments may be variable or index-linked under
i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage or variable and/or fixed under other options.
Annuity Unit—A measure used to calculate the amount of Annuity
Payouts for the variable side of the contract after the Annuity Commencement Date.
Beneficiary—The person you choose to receive any Death Benefit
paid if you die before the Annuity Commencement Date.
Contract—The variable and index-linked annuity contract you have
entered into with Lincoln Life.
Contract Adjustment —A positive or negative adjustment
to the Interim Value of an Indexed Segment.
Contractowner (you, your, owner)—The person who can exercise the
rights within the Contract (decides on investment allo
cations, transfers, payout option, designates the Beneficiary, etc.). Usually, but not always, the Contractowner is the Annuitant.
Contract Value (may be referred to as Account Value in marketing
materials)—At any given time before the Annuity Commencement Date, the total value of any allocations in the Subaccounts, the Indexed Segments, and the transfer account, if any.
Contract Year—Each 12-month period starting with the effective
date of the Contract and starting with each contract anniversary after that.
Crediting Method —The method used in determining the
Performance Rate for an Indexed Segment. There are several Crediting Methods including Performance Cap, Participation Rate, Performance Trigger Rate, Dual Performance Trigger Rate, and Dual
Plus.
Death Benefit—Before the Annuity Commencement Date, the amount
payable to your designated Beneficiary if the Contractowner dies. As an alternative, the Contractowner may receive a Death Benefit upon the death of the Annuitant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.
Dual Performance Trigger Rate—The rate used, in part, to
determine the Performance Rate for an Indexed Segment at the end of the Indexed Term. A different Dual Performance Trigger Rate may be declared for each Indexed Segment and for each Death Benefit type.
Dual Rate —The rate used, in part, to determine the
Performance Rate for an Indexed Segment of a Dual Plus Indexed Account at the end of the Indexed Term.
Dual Plus —A Crediting Method that uses a
Performance Cap and Dual Rate to determine the Performance Rate for an Indexed Segment at the end of the Indexed Term.
End Date—The last day of the Indexed Term.
Fee-Based Financial Plan— A wrap account, managed
account or other investment program whereby an investment firm/professional offers asset allocation and/or investment advice for a fee. Such programs can be offered by broker-dealers, banks and
registered investment advisers, trust companies and other firms. Under this arrangement, the Contractowner pays the investment firm/professional directly for services. Deductions made for advisory
fees may impact your Contract Value, and may reduce the benefits under your Contract.
Good Order—The actual receipt at our Home Office of the requested
transaction in writing or by other means we accept, along with all information and supporting legal documentation necessary to complete the transaction. The forms we provide will identify the necessary documentation. We may, in
our sole
4
discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in Good Order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any Good Order
requirements at any time.
Index— The market index of which the performance
is used to base the return of an Indexed Account.
Index Value—The published closing value of an Index on a
Valuation Date. If an Index Value is not published for a particular day, we will use the closing Index Value on the next Valuation Date it is published.
Indexed Account—An Investment Option that provides a return
based, in part, on the performance of an Index.
Indexed Anniversary Date—The same calendar day, each calendar
year, as the day you first invested in an Indexed Segment.
Indexed Crediting Base or Crediting Base—An amount used in the
calculation of the performance return and the Interim Value for an Indexed Segment.
Indexed Segment or Segment—The specific Indexed Account option(s)
selected by a Contractowner for allocations of Purchase Payments or transfer of Contract Value.
Indexed Term or Term—The period of time during which Contract
Value is invested in a particular Indexed Segment.
Interim Value—Your Contract Value for an Indexed Segment during
an Indexed Term. The Interim Value is a calculated value and is used in the event that a withdrawal, Death Benefit payment, transfer, annuitization, or surrender occurs at any time other than the Start Date or End Date of an
Indexed Term.
Investment Option—The term used to include both the Subaccounts
and the Indexed Accounts.
Lifetime Income Period—Under i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage, the period of time following the Access Period during which we make Periodic Income Payments to you for the rest of your life (and Secondary Life, if applicable). During the Lifetime
Income Period, you will no longer have access to your Account Value or receive a Death Benefit.
Lincoln Life (we, us, our, Company)—The Lincoln National Life
Insurance Company.
Participation Rate—The rate used to determine the Performance
Rate for an Indexed Segment at the end of an Indexed Term for any positive index performance. A different Participation Rate may be declared for each Indexed Segment and for each Death Benefit type.
Performance Cap or Cap—The highest Performance Rate that can be
credited to an Indexed Segment over a specified period of time. A different Cap may be declared for each Indexed Segment and for each Death Benefit type.
Performance Rate —A rate of return for an Indexed
Segment based on the performance of an Index over a specified period of time, adjusted for the applicable Protection Level and subject to the Crediting Method, depending on the Indexed Account you choose.
Performance Trigger Rate — The rate used to determine
the Performance Rate for an Indexed Segment at the end of the Indexed Term if the Index performance is zero or positive. A different Performance Trigger Rate may be declared for each Indexed
Segment and for each Death Benefit type.
Periodic Income Payments—The amounts paid under i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage.
Periodic Income Payment Account—The account from which the
Periodic Income Payments will be paid under i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage.
Protection Level —The portion of loss that the Company
will absorb from any negative Index performance. If the negative Index performance is in excess of the Protection Level, there is a risk of loss of principal and any previously credited amount to the
Contractowner. The Protection Level is not available on Dual Plus
accounts.
Protection Method —The method used in protecting from
negative Index performance at the end of an Indexed Term, including Protection Levels and Dual Rates.
Purchase Payments—Amounts paid into the Contract.
Rider Year—Under i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage, the 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that.
Secondary Life—Under i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage, the person designated by the Contractowner upon whose life the annuity payments will also be contingent.
Segment Maturity Value—The value of an Indexed Segment on the End
Date after adjustment for the Performance Rate.
Start Date—The Valuation Date on which the Indexed Segment
begins.
Subaccount—Each portion of the VAA that reflects investments in
Accumulation and Annuity Units of a class of a particular fund available under the contracts. There is a separate Subaccount which corresponds to each class of a fund.
Valuation Date—Each day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is
open for trading.
Valuation Period—The period starting at the close of trading
(normally 4:00 p.m. New York time) on each day that the NYSE is open for trading (Valuation Date) and ending at the close of such trading on the next Valuation Date.
Overview of the Contract
Purpose of the Contract
The Lincoln Level Advantage ® Advisory variable and Index - Linked Annuity contract is designed to accumulate Contract Value and to provide income over a certain period of
time or for life, subject to certain conditions. The Contract can supplement your retirement income by providing a stream of income payments during the payout phase. The Contract also offers several Indexed
Accounts which
5
provide a rate of return based in part on the performance of an Index you select and a Death Benefit payable to your
designated Beneficiaries upon the death of a Contractowner or Annuitant.
This Contract is issued as part of a Fee-Based Financial Plan which is described in more detail in the Benefits Available Under The Contract
– Additional Services section below.
This Contract may be appropriate if you have a long-term investment horizon. It is not intended for people who may need to make early or frequent
withdrawals or intend to engage in frequent trading. See Surrenders and Withdrawals.
Phases of the Contract
Your Contract has two phases: (1) an accumulation (savings) phase, prior to the Annuity Commencement Date; and (2) a payout (income) phase, after
the Annuity Commencement Date.
Accumulation (Savings) Phase. To help you accumulate assets
during the accumulation phase, you can invest your payments and earnings in:
●
The Subaccounts available under the Contract, each of which has an underlying mutual
fund with its own investment objective, strategies, and risks; investment adviser(s); expense ratio; and performance history. The available Subaccounts are listed in Appendix A – Investment Options
Available Under The Contract.
●
The Indexed Accounts available under the Contract, each of which
has its own Indexed Term, Contract Value, Crediting Method, and Protection Method . The available Indexed Accounts are listed in Appendix A – Investment Options Available Under The Contract.
Different Crediting Methods and Protection Methods are available for your Indexed Accounts. We will credit positive or negative interest
at the end of an Indexed Term to amounts allocated to an Indexed Account based, in part, on the performance of the Index. Interest is credited for any gain or deducted for any loss only on the End Date of an Indexed
Segment. You could lose a significant portion of your investment if the Index declines in value.
The Protection Method you select determines the type of protection you will have for each Indexed Segment. For Indexed Accounts with
Protection Level, the Protection Level is the portion of any negative Index performance that will not impact your Contract Value if you do not make any withdrawals until the End Date of the Segment. Your Contract Value
will not be impacted up to the amount of the Protection Level you elect, and, after that, the Indexed Segment will be impacted for the remaining portion of the loss. For example, if the Index return is -15% and
you have a 10% Protection Level, your Contract Value will not be impacted by the first 10% of negative Index performance and we will deduct 5% at the end of the Indexed Term. Any loss will reduce the amount of
your investment in the Indexed Segments. The Contract offers Indexed Accounts with Protection Levels that protect you against losses of 10% to 100%.
For Indexed Accounts with a Dual Rate, if the Index performance is negative, your Performance Rate equals the Index performance plus the
Dual Rate, which may result in either a negative or positive return. For example, if the Index return is -10% and you have a Dual Rate of 15%, we will credit 5% in interest at the end of the Indexed Term. If the Index
return is -20% and you have a Dual Rate of 15%, we will deduct 5% in interest at the end of the Indexed Term. Any loss will reduce the amount of your investment in the Indexed Segments. The Contract offers
Indexed Accounts with Dual Rates of 15%.
We will always make at least one Indexed Account available under this Contract, but we do not guarantee that the Contract will
always offer Indexed Accounts that limit Index losses.
The Crediting Method you select determines the Performance Rate for an Indexed Segment. Any applicable Crediting Method may limit the
positive Index return used in calculating interest on the End Date of a Segment. Each Indexed Account will have either:
i)
a specified Performance Cap, which is the highest Performance Rate that we will credit.
For example, if the Index return is 12%, and the Performance Cap is 4%, we will credit 4% in interest on the End Date of the Segment, meaning your Segment value will increase by 4%;
ii)
a Participation Rate, which is a specified percentage of positive Index performance.
For example, if the Index return is 20%, and the Participation Rate is 90%, we will credit 18% in interest on the End Date of the Segment, meaning your Segment value will increase by 18%;
iii)
a Performance Trigger Rate that provides a specified rate of return if the performance
of the Index is zero or positive. For example, if the Index return is 12%, and the Performance Trigger Rate is 4%, we will credit 4% in interest on the End Date of the Segment, meaning your Segment value will
increase by 4%. Alternatively, if the Index return is 1%, and the Performance Trigger Rate is 4%, we will credit 4% in interest on the End Date of the Segment, meaning your Segment value will increase by 4%;
iv)
a Dual Performance Trigger Rate, which will either provide a specific rate of return if
the Index performance is positive, zero
6
or negative within the Protection Level or be added to the Index performance and the Protection Level if the Index
performance is negative beyond the Protection Level. For example, if the Index return is 12%, and the Dual Performance Trigger Rate is 8%, we will credit 8% in interest on the End Date of the Segment, meaning your
Segment value will increase by 8%; or
v)
a Dual Rate, which will either provide a minimum rate of return if the Index
performance is between zero and the Dual Rate, or will be added to the Index performance if the Index performance is negative. An Index Account with a Dual Rate will also have a Performance Cap, which is the
highest Performance Rate that we will credit if the Index performance exceeds the Dual Rate. For example, if the Index return is 60%, and the Performance Cap is 50%, we will credit 50% in interest on the End
Date of the Segment, meaning your Segment value will increase by 50%.
We guarantee a minimum declared crediting rate for each Indexed Account. See Appendix A – Investment Options Available Under
The Contract for the guaranteed minimum declared crediting rates for each Indexed Account.
Annuity (Income) Phase. You can elect to annuitize your Contract
and turn your Contract Value into a stream of income payments (sometimes called Annuity Payouts), at which time the accumulation phase of the Contract ends. These payments may continue for a fixed period of years, for your entire
life, or for the longer of a fixed period or your life. The payments may also be fixed or variable. Variable payments will vary based on the performance of the funds that you choose.
If you annuitize, your investments will be converted to income payments and you will no longer be able to choose to make
withdrawals from your Contract. All benefits (including guaranteed minimum Death Benefits and living benefits) terminate upon annuitization.
Primary Features and Options of the Contract
Accessing your money. During the Accumulation Phase you
can surrender the Contract or withdraw part of the Contract Value. If you withdraw early, you may incur a tax penalty if you are younger than 59½. No interest will be credited to funds withdrawn or surrendered
before the end of an Indexed Term. Additionally, if you withdraw from an Indexed Segment prior to its End Date, you will be subject to a Contract Adjustment based on the Interim Value.
Tax treatment. You can transfer money between Investment Options without tax implications, and earnings (if any) on your investments are generally tax-deferred. You are taxed only when: (1) you
take a withdrawal or surrender; (2) you receive an income payment from the Contract; or (3) upon payment of a Death Benefit.
Death Benefits. Your Contract includes a Death Benefit
that will be paid upon the death of either the Contractowner (s) or the Annuitant.
Other Benefits. For an additional fee, you may be able to purchase i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage, an optional Annuity Payout rider.
Additional Services. The additional services listed below are
available under the Contract for no additional charge (unless otherwise indicated).
●
Automatic Withdrawal Service. Allows you to automatically take periodic withdrawals from your Contract.
●
Portfolio Rebalancing. Allows you to automatically reallocate your money among Subaccounts on a periodic basis based on your instructions.
●
Fees Associated with Fee-Based Financial Plans. You may provide authorization to have your advisory fees paid to your financial professional's investment firm from your Contract Value. Advisory Fee Withdrawals may
not impact benefits and values under a Death Benefit or Living Benefit Rider or be treated as a distribution for federal tax purposes under certain conditions. Advisory Fee Withdrawals may not be available in
all states, and certain firms may not allow withdrawals to pay advisory fees from your Contract Value. These payments will be treated as withdrawals from your Contract Value and may result in a significant
reduction in your Death Benefit. Over time, withdrawals taken for the payment of advisory fees could significantly reduce your Contract Value. Please discuss deducting advisory fees from Contract
Value with your financial professional piror to making any election .
Additionally, if you elect to pay a third-party advisory fee out of your Contract Value, this deduction may result in a negative Interim Value adjustment, reduce the Death Benefit(s) and other guaranteed benefits, and may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax. See The Contracts – Death Benefits and Advisory Fee Withdrawals and Federal Tax Matters – Payment of
Investment Advisory Fees.
Contract Adjustments
If you make any withdrawals (including the deduction of advisory fees, surrender, or termination of your Contract), reallocate Contract Value
from an Indexed Segment, annuitize your Contract or upon payment of a Death Benefit from an Indexed Segment on any date prior to the Segment End Date, your Contract Value in the Indexed Segment will be its Interim Value.
You could lose a significant amount of money due to Contract Adjustments based on Interim Values if amounts are removed from an Indexed Segment prior to the Segment End Date. Your Interim Value may be less than
the amount invested and may be less than the amount you would receive had you held the investment in the Indexed Segment until the Segment End Date. The Interim Value will generally be negatively
7
affected by increases in the expected volatility of Index prices, interest rate increases, and by poor market performance. All other factors
being equal, the Interim Value generally would be lower the earlier a withdrawal or surrender is made.
8
Important Information You Should Consider About the Lincoln Level Advantage ® Advisory Variable and Index-linked Annuity Contract
|
|
FEES, EXPENSES AND
ADJUSTMENTS
|
Location in
Prospectus
|
||
|
Are There
Charges or
Adjustments for
Early
Withdrawals?
|
Yes. If you remove Contract Value prior to the End Date of an Indexed Term, we will
apply a Contract Adjustment based on Interim Value, which
could be negative, and you
could lose up to 100% of your investment due to the
Contract Adjustment. For example,
if you allocate $100,000 to an Indexed Account and later
withdraw the entire amount
before the Indexed Term has ended, you could lose up to
$100,000 of your investment.
This loss will be greater (but never more than 100%) if
you also make a deduction to
pay a third-party advisory fee, or have to pay taxes, and
tax penalties. Contract
Adjustments are applied to withdrawals, surrenders,
transfers, annuitizations and Death
Benefit payments prior to the End Date of an Indexed
Term.
|
● Charges and
Adjustments
|
||
|
Are There
Transaction
Charges?
|
No. The Contract does not impose any transaction charges, however, you may be able
to deduct advisory fees from your Contract Value.
|
● N/A
● Charges and
Adjustments
● Federal Tax
Matters –
Payment of
Investment
Advisory Fees
|
||
|
Ongoing Fees and
Expenses (annual
charges)
|
Yes: Minimum and
Maximum Annual Fee Table. The table below describes the fees
and expenses that you may pay each year ,
depending on the Investment Options and
optional benefits you choose. Please refer to your
contract specifications page for
information about the specific fees you will pay each
year based on the options you have
elected. There is an implicit ongoing fee on Indexed
Accounts to the extent that your
participation in Index gains is limited by the Company
through the use of various
Crediting Methods. This means that your returns may be
lower than the Index’s returns.
In return for accepting this limit on Index gains, you
will receive some protection from
Index losses. This implicit ongoing fee is not reflected
in the tables below. These
charges do not reflect any advisory fees paid to a
financial intermediary from Contract
Value or other assets of the Contractowner. If such
charges were reflected, the ongoing
fees and expenses would be higher. Additionally, in
certain cases your Contract Value
may be subject to a negative Interim Value adjustment.
|
● Fee Tables
● Examples
● Charges and
Adjustments
|
||
|
Annual Fee
|
Minimum
|
Maximum
|
||
|
Base Contract – Account Value Death
Benefit
|
0.10 % 1
|
0.10 % 1
|
||
|
Base Contract – Guarantee of Principal
Death Benefit
|
0.30 % 1
|
0.30 % 1
|
||
|
Fund Fees and Expenses
|
XX % 1
|
XX % 1
|
||
|
Optional benefits available for an
additional charge
|
0.40 % 2
|
0.40 % 2
|
||
|
|
1 As a percentage of
average Account Value in the underlying funds. These fees are not applied against
Contract Value invested in the Indexed Accounts.
|
|
||
|
|
2 As a percentage of
average Account Value in the Subaccounts and the Indexed Accounts.
|
|
||
|
|
Lowest and Highest
Annual Cost Table. Because your Contract is customizable, the
choices you make affect how much you will pay. To help
you understand the cost of
owning your Contract, the following table shows the
lowest and highest cost you could
pay each year . This
estimate assumes that you do not take withdrawals from the
Contract, which could add negative Contract Adjustments
that substantially increase
costs.
|
|
||
9
|
|
FEES, EXPENSES AND
ADJUSTMENTS
|
Location in
Prospectus
|
||
|
|
Lowest Annual Cost: $ 726
|
Highest Annual Cost: $ 2,212
|
|
|
|
|
Assumes:
|
Assumes:
|
|
|
|
|
● Investment of $100,000 (to the
Subaccounts only)
● 5% annual appreciation
● Least expensive fund fees and
expenses
● No optional benefits
● No additional Purchase Payments,
transfers, or withdrawals
● No sales charges or advisory fees
|
● Investment of $100,000 (to the
Subaccounts only)
● 5% annual appreciation
● Most expensive combination of
optional benefits, fund fees and
expenses
● No additional Purchase Payments,
transfers, or withdrawals
● No sales charges or advisory fees
|
|
|
|
|
RISKS
|
Location in
Prospectus
|
||
|
Is There a Risk of
Loss From Poor
Performance?
|
Yes:
● You can lose money by investing in the VAA portion of this Contract (the
Subaccounts), including loss of principal.
● You can lose money by investing in the Indexed Accounts of this Contract. Your
investments in the Indexed Account is subject to all
losses in excess of the
Protection Method or Dual Rate you choose including any
loss experienced from a
negative Index performance. Under extreme circumstances, you could lose up to
90% of your investment in an Indexed
Account with a 10% Protection Level, 85%
of your investment in an Indexed
Account with a 15% Protection Level or 15%
Dual Rate, up to 80% of your
investment in an Indexed Account with a 20%
Protection Level, up to 75% of your
investment in an Indexed Account with a 25%
Protection Level, and up to 70% of
your investment in an Indexed Account with a
30% Protection Level. We do not
guarantee that the Contract will always offer
Indexed Accounts that limit Index
losses, which would mean risk of loss of the
entire amount invested.
● An Interim Value is calculated if an early withdrawal is taken. This Interim Value
formula may result in a loss even if the Index Value at
the time of the withdrawal is
higher than the Index Value at the beginning of the
Indexed Term.
|
● Principal Risks
of Investing in
the Contract
● Investments of
the Variable
Annuity
Account
|
||
10
|
|
RISKS
|
Location in
Prospectus
|
||
|
Is This a Short-
Term Investment?
|
No:
● This Contract is not designed for short-term investing and is not appropriate for the
investor who needs ready access to cash.
● Indexed interest will only be credited to an Indexed Account at the end of an Indexed
Term. No interest will be credited to funds withdrawn
or surrendered before the end
of an Indexed Term.
● Withdrawals taken prior to the end of an Indexed Term may result in a negative
Contract Adjustment based on the Interim Value and loss
of positive Index
performance. The Interim Value formula may result in a
loss even if the Index Value
at the time of the withdrawal is higher than the Index
Value at the beginning of the
Indexed Term.
● Withdrawals are subject to ordinary income tax and may be subject to tax penalties.
● At the end of an Indexed Term, you may reallocate the Indexed Segment Maturity
Value to any available Indexed Account as long as the
reallocation request is received
on or before the Indexed Anniversary Date. If we do not
hear from you by the end of
the Indexed Term, we will reallocate your Segment
Maturity Value into a new Indexed
Segment with the same Crediting Method, Indexed Term,
Index and Protection
Method, if available. A new rate will apply based on
the Indexed Segment you select,
subject to the guaranteed minimum or maximum rates. If
the same type of Indexed
Segment is not available, your Segment Maturity Value
will be moved to the LVIP
PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund and will not be eligible
for reallocation into another
Indexed Account until the next Indexed Anniversary
Date.
|
● Principal Risks
of Investing in
the Contract
● Surrender and
Withdrawals
● Fee Tables
● Charges and
Adjustments
|
||
11
|
|
RISKS
|
Location in
Prospectus
|
||
|
What are the
Risks Associated
With Investment
Options?
|
● An investment in this Contract is subject to the risk of poor investment performance
of the Subaccounts and Indexed Accounts you choose.
Performance can vary
depending on the performance of the mutual funds
underlying the Separate Accounts
and the Indexes linked to the Indexed Accounts.
● Each Subaccount and Indexed Account has its own unique risks and you should
review the available Subaccounts and Indexed Accounts
before making an
investment decision.
● For the Indexed Accounts, the Crediting Method you select may limit positive
(upside) Index returns. This may result in you earning
less than the Index return. For
example:
● If the Indexed Account has a Performance Cap, and the Index return is 12% and
the Performance Cap is 10%, we will credit 10% in
interest at the end of the
Indexed Term.
● If the Indexed Account has a Participation Rate, and the Index return is 20%, and
the Participation Rate is 90%, we will credit 18% in
interest at the end of the
Indexed Term.
● If the Indexed Account has a Performance Trigger Rate, and the Index return is
12% and the Performance Trigger Rate is 10%, we will
credit 10% in interest at the
end of the Indexed Term.
● If the Indexed Account has a Dual Performance Trigger Rate, and the Index return
is 12% and the Dual Performance Trigger Rate is 8%, we
will credit 8% in interest
at the end of the Indexed Term.
● If the Indexed Account has a Dual Rate and Performance Cap, and the Index return
is 60%, and the Performance Cap is 50%, we will credit
50% in interest at the end
of the Indexed Term.
● The Protection Level will limit negative (downside) Index returns. For example, if the
Index return is -25% and the Protection Level is 10%,
we will deduct 15% (the
amount that exceeds the Protection Level) at the end of
the Indexed Term.
● The Dual Rate will limit negative (downside) Index returns. For example, if the Index
return is -25% and the Dual Rate is 15%, we will deduct
10% at the end of the
Indexed Term.
● Each Index is a “price return Index,” not a “total return Index,” and therefore does not
reflect dividends paid on the underlying securities.
This will reduce the Index return
and will cause the Index to underperform a direct
investment in the securities
composing the Index.
|
● Principal Risks
of Investing in
the Contract
● Investments of
the Variable
Annuity
Account
|
||
|
What are the
Risks Related to
the Insurance
Company?
|
● An investment in the Contract is subject to the risks related to Lincoln Life. Any
obligations, guarantees, or benefits of the Contract
are subject to our claims-paying
ability. If we experience financial distress, we may
not be able to meet our obligations
to you. More information about Lincoln Life, including
our financial strength ratings,
is available upon request by calling 1-877-737-6872 or
visiting
www.LincolnFinancial.com.
● Each Index’s returns do not include any dividends or other distributions declared by
the companies included in the Index and will cause the
Index to underperform a
direct investment in the companies included in the
Index
|
● Principal Risks
of Investing in
the Contract
|
||
12
|
|
RESTRICTIONS
|
Location in
Prospectus
|
||
|
Are There
Restrictions on
the Investment
Options?
|
Yes:
● The frequency of transfers between investment options is restricted. There are also
restrictions on the minimum amount that may be
transferred from a variable option.
● We reserve the right to remove or substitute any Subaccounts or Indexed Accounts
as Investment Options that are available under the
Contract.
● You are generally restricted to no more than 12 transfers between investment options
per Contract Year.
● You cannot reallocate from an Indexed Account to another Indexed Account except
on an Indexed Anniversary if the Indexed Account is at
the end of the Indexed Term.
If you transfer from an Indexed Account to a variable
Subaccount and it is not at the
end of the Indexed Term, any transfer will be based on
the Interim Value of the
Indexed Account. If you do not want to remain invested
in an Indexed Account until
the end of the Indexed Term, your only options are to
make withdrawals out of the
Indexed Accounts, transfer to a variable Subaccount or
surrender the Contract. The
amount you would receive or transfer would be based on
the Interim Value.
● All Indexed Segments must begin on the Indexed Anniversary Date. All future
Indexed Terms must begin on the same Indexed
Anniversary Date. This means that
after the initial Indexed Segment is created you can
only allocate future Purchase
Payments or market transfers of Contract Value to the
Indexed Accounts one time a
year. If you have more than one 3-Year or 6-Year Term
Indexed Segment in effect at
any time, Indexed Terms of the same term length must
have the same Start Date.
● We determine and provide the available Indexed Accounts and applicable rates for the
Crediting Methods of each Indexed Segment at least 5
days in advance of the
Indexed Anniversary Date. We may not offer new Indexed
Segments for the Indexed
Accounts or change the features of an Indexed Account
from one Indexed Term to
the next, including the Index and the current limits on
Index gains and losses.
Therefore, an Indexed Account may not be available for
you to reallocate your
Contract Value on an Indexed Anniversary Date.
● Each Index’s returns do not include any dividends or other distributions declared by
the companies included in the Index and will cause the
Index to underperform a
direct investment in the companies included in the
Index.
● We have the right to substitute an alternative Index prior to the End Date of an
Indexed Term if an Index is discontinued; we are
engaged in a contractual dispute
with the Index provider; we determine that our use of
an Index should be
discontinued because, for example, changes to the Index
make it impractical or
expensive to purchase securities or derivatives to
hedge the Index; there is a
substantial change in the calculation of an Index,
resulting in significantly different
values and performance; or for a legal reason we cannot
offer the Index. If we
substitute an Index for an existing Indexed Segment, we
will not change the Crediting
Method or Protection Method for the Indexed Term. We
will attempt to choose a new
Index that has a similar investment objective and risk
profile to the existing Index. We
reserve the right, within the law to make certain
changes to the structure and
operation of the VAA at our discretion and without your
consent. We may add, delete,
or substitute funds for all Contractowners or only for
certain classes of
Contractowners. New or substitute funds may have
different fees and expenses and
may only be offered to certain classes of
Contractowners. Substitutions may be made
with respect to existing investments or the investment
of future Purchase Payments,
or both. We may close Subaccounts to allocations of
Purchase Payments or both. We
may close Subaccounts to allocations of Purchase
Payments or Contract Value, or
both at any time in our sole discretion. In addition, a
Subaccount may become
unavailable due to the liquidation of its underlying
fund portfolio.
● If you elect to pay third-party advisory fees out of your Contract Value, this deduction
may reduce the Death Benefit(s) and other guaranteed
benefits, and may be subject
to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal
penalty tax.
|
● Principal Risks
of Investing in
the Contract
● Investments of
the Variable
Annuity
Account
● Federal Tax
Matters –
Payment of
Investment
Advisory Fees
|
||
13
|
|
RESTRICTIONS
|
Location in
Prospectus
|
||
|
Are There any
Restrictions on
Contract
Benefits?
|
Yes:
● i4LIFE ® Indexed Advantage: A minimum level of Contract Value is required to elect.
● Only available with Indexed Accounts with 1-year Indexed Terms.
● Must be elected at the time of issue or on any Indexed Anniversary Date.
● Withdrawals will reduce the Death Benefit.
● The Contract will terminate when any Death Benefit is paid due to the death of the
Annuitant.
|
● The Contracts
|
||
|
|
TAXES
|
Location in
Prospectus
|
||
|
What are the
Contract’s Tax
Implications?
|
● Consult with a tax professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in
and payments received under this Contract.
● If you purchase the Contract through a tax-qualified plan or IRA, you do not get any
additional tax benefit under the Contract.
● Earnings on your Contract are taxed at ordinary income tax rates when you withdraw
them, and you may have to pay a penalty if you take a
withdrawal before age 59½.
|
● Federal Tax
Matters
|
||
|
|
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
|
Location in
Prospectus
|
||
|
Should I
Exchange My
Contract?
|
● If you already own a contract, some investment professionals may have a financial
incentive to offer you a new contract in place of the
one you currently own. You
should only exchange your existing Contract if you
determine, after comparing the
features, fees, and risks of both contracts, that it is
better for you to purchase the
new contract rather than continue to own your existing
Contract.
|
● The Contracts -
Replacement
of Existing
Insurance
|
||
Fee Tables
The following tables describe the fees , expenses and adjustments that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering or making
withdrawals from Investment Options or from the Contract. Please refer to your Contract Specifications page for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have
elected. These charges do not reflect any advisory fees paid to a financial intermediary from Contract Value or other assets of the Contractowner. If such charges were reflected, the ongoing fees and expenses
would be higher.
The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the Contract,
surrender or make withdrawals from an Investment Option or from the Contract. State premium taxes may also be deducted.
|
There are no sales charges, deferred sales charges, or surrender
charges associated with this contract.
|
|
The next table describes the adjustments, in addition to any transaction expenses, that apply if all or a portion of the
Contract Value is removed from an Indexed Account or from the Contract before the expiration of a specified period.
|
Contract Adjustment (Interim Value) Maximum
Potential Loss (as a percentage of Contract Value at the start of an
Indexed Term) 1
|
100%
|
1
If you make any withdrawals (including advisory fees) surrender or terminate
your Contract, reallocate Contract Value from an Index Segment, annuitize your Contract or upon payment of a Death Benefit from an Indexed Segment on any date prior to the Segment End Date, your Contract Value in the
Indexed Segment will be its Interim Value. The Interim Value calculation is designed to represent the fair value of the Indexed Segment on each business day, taking into account the potential gain or loss of
the applicable Index at the end of the Indexed Term, including the impacts of the Crediting Method or Protection Method you have
14
chosen. The calculation is also designed to reflect the change in fair value due to economic factors, including,
but not limited to, the impact of market rates, volatility, and correlation (if applicable) of the investment instruments supporting the Contract. The Interim Value is based on this calculation and not the actual value
of any underlying investments or the current value of any Index. The maximum loss would occur if there is a total distribution for an Indexed Segment at a
time when the Index Value has declined to zero or close to zero.
The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay each year during the time that you own the Contract (not including fund fees and expenses). If you choose
to purchase an optional benefit, you will pay additional charges, as shown below.
|
Base Contract Expenses (as a percentage of average Contract Value in the Subaccounts)1
|
|
|
Account Value Death Benefit
|
0.10%
|
|
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit2
|
0.30%
|
|
Optional Benefit Expenses
|
|
|
i4LIFE® Indexed
Advantage:3
|
|
|
Guaranteed Maximum and Current Annual Charge
|
0.40%
|
In addition to the fees described above, we limit the amount you can earn on Indexed Accounts. This means your returns may be
lower than the Index’s returns. In return for accepting this limit on Index gains, you will receive some protection from Index losses.
1
The base contract expense is 0.10% after the Annuity Commencement Date. These
expenses do not apply to Contract Value invested in the Indexed Accounts.
2
Each base contract expense includes an administrative charge of 0.10%.
3
The i4LIFE ® Indexed Advantage charge will be deducted from your variable and Index-linked Account Value on each
rider anniversary. See Charges and Adjustments – i4LIFE ® Indexed Advantage Charge for more information. During the Lifetime
Income Period, the mortality and expense risk and administrative
charge for the variable payments will be 1.50%.
The next item shows the minimum and maximum total annual operating expenses charged by the funds underlying the Subaccounts
that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract. Expenses shown may change over time and may be higher or lower in the future. A complete list of funds available under the
Contract, including their annual expenses, may be found in an appendix to this prospectus. See Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under the Contract.
|
Annual Fund Expenses
|
Minimum
|
Maximum
|
|
Expenses that are deducted from the fund assets, including
management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees, and
other
expenses before reimbursements.
|
XX
%
|
XX
%
|
|
Expenses that are deducted from the fund assets, including
management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees, and
other
expenses after any waivers or expense reimbursements. 1
|
XX
%
|
XX
%
|
1
Any expense waivers or reimbursements will remain in effect until at least
April 30, 2026 , and can only be terminated early with approval by the fund’s board of directors. These expenses do not apply to Contract Value invested in the Indexed Accounts.
EXAMPLES
The following Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Subaccounts with the cost
of investing in other annuity contracts that offer variable options . These costs include transaction expenses, annual contract expenses, and fund fees and expenses.
The Example assumes all Contract Value is allocated to the Subaccounts. The Example does not reflect the Contract Adjustment.
Your costs could differ from those shown below if you invest in Indexed Accounts.
The Example assumes that you invest $100,000 in the Subaccounts for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that
your investment has a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds, and that i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage
with the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit is in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
1) If you surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period:
15
|
1 year
|
3 years
|
5 years
|
10 years
|
|
$ XX
|
$ XX
|
$ XX
|
$ XX
|
2) If you annuitize or do not surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period:
|
1 year
|
3 years
|
5 years
|
10 years
|
|
$ XX
|
$ XX
|
$ XX
|
$ XX
|
The Example assumes that you invest $100,000 in the Subaccounts for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that
your investment has a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds, and that the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit is in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these
assumptions your costs would be:
1) If you surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period:
|
1 year
|
3 years
|
5 years
|
10 years
|
|
$ XX
|
$ XX
|
$ XX
|
$ XX
|
2) If you annuitize or do not surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period:
|
1 year
|
3 years
|
5 years
|
10 years
|
|
$ XX
|
$ XX
|
$ XX
|
$ XX
|
For more information, see Charges and Adjustments in this prospectus, and the prospectuses for the funds. Premium
taxes may also apply, although they do not appear in the examples. These Examples do not reflect any advisory fees paid to a financial intermediary from the Contract Value or other assets of the Contractowner. If
such charges were reflected, the ongoing fees and expenses would be higher. For more details, see Advisory Fee Withdrawals. Different fees and expenses not reflected in the examples may be imposed during a period
in which Annuity Payouts are made. See Annuity Payouts. These examples should not be considered a representation of past or future
expenses. Actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.
16
Principal Risks of Investing in the Contract
This section describes potential risks associated with the Contract.
Market Risk.
You take all the investment risk on the Contract Value and the retirement income for amounts placed into one or more of the Subaccounts , which invest in corresponding
underlying funds . If the Subaccounts you select make money , your Contract Value goes up; if they lose money , your Contract Value goes down . How much it goes up or down depends on the performance of the Subaccounts you select .
There is a risk of loss of your investment in the Indexed Segments since the performance tracks a market Index. You are responsible for
all losses in excess of the Protection Level you choose. Under
extreme circumstances, at the end
of an Indexed Term, you could lose up to 90% of your investment in an Indexed Account with a 10% Protection Level, up to 85% of your investment in an Indexed Account with a 15% Protection Level or 15% Dual Rate, up to 80% of your investment in
an Indexed Account with a 20% Protection Level, up to 75% of your investment in an Indexed Account with a 25% Protection Level and up to 70% of your investment in an Indexed Account with a 30% Protection Level.
We do not guarantee that the Contract will always offer Indexed Accounts that will limit Index losses, which would mean risk of loss of the entire amount invested.
The Protection Method applies for the full term of the Indexed Segment including Segments with Annual Locks. Each time you move into
a new Indexed Segment, you may have a new Protection Level or Dual Rate and are subject to the same risk of loss as described above. There is also a risk of loss upon an early withdrawal. For Annual Lock
accounts, since the gain or loss is established each year, losses can accumulate so that you could actually lose more than the amount in excess of the Protection Level percent. Losses you incur in one year will
reduce the amount invested for the next year. In a continuing down market over the Indexed Term, however, your loss could exceed the Protection Level. For example, if you chose a 10% Protection Level and if loss
occurred during each Annual Lock period for the remainder of the term, you could lose more than 90% of your principal in an Annual Lock account.
Early Withdrawal Risk. This Contract is not designed for short- term investing and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash . The benefits of tax deferral and
long- term income also mean that the Contract is more beneficial to investors
with a long- term horizon. You should carefully consider
the risks associated with taking a withdrawal or surrendering the Contract . The proceeds of your withdrawal or surrender may be subject to ordinary income taxes , including a tax
penalty if you are younger than age 59½ . Participation in an Automatic Withdrawal Service will repeatedly expose you to these risks .
If you withdraw Contract Value from an Indexed Account prior to the End Date of an Indexed Term it will be based on the Interim Value of
the Indexed Account . Withdrawals include the deduction of advisory fees paid from your Contract Value. Under extreme conditions , a negative Contract Adjustment based on Interim Values could result in a loss of up to 100% of your Contract Value
withdrawn. Additionally, the withdrawal will cause an immediate reduction to your Indexed Crediting Base in a proportion equal to the reduction
in your Interim Value. A proportional reduction could be larger than the dollar amount of your withdrawal. Reductions to your Indexed Crediting Base will negatively impact your Interim Value for the remainder of the
Indexed Term and will result in a lower Indexed Segment Maturity Value at the end of the Indexed Term. Once your Indexed Crediting Base is reduced due to a withdrawal during any Indexed Term, you cannot increase
it during the remainder of the Indexed Term. Contract Value must remain in an Indexed Segment until the end of the Indexed Term to be credited with all or partial interest.
To determine the Interim Value, we apply a formula which is not the actual performance of the applicable Index, but rather a determination
of the value of hypothetical underlying investments at the time of the Interim Value calculation. This amount could be less than if you had held the Indexed Segment for the full Indexed Term. It also means that you could
have a negative performance, even if the value of the Index has increased during the calculation period. All withdrawals (including surrender or termination of your Contract), reallocation of Contract Value from
an Indexed Segment, annuitization of your Contract or payment of a Death Benefit from an Indexed Segment on any date prior to the Segment End Date will be based on the Interim Value.
Deduction of Advisory Fee Risk.
This deduction of advisory fees from Contract Value may reduce the Death Benefit and other guaranteed benefits, and may be subject to a negative Interim Value adjustment, federal and state income taxes, and a 10% federal
penalty tax.
Indexed-Account Risk . Equity markets are subject to the risk that the value of the securities may fall due to general market and economic conditions. Market volatility may exist with the Indices, which means that the value of the Indices can change dramatically over a
short period of time in either direction . The Indices used are “price return Indices”, not “ total return Indices”, meaning that each Index’ s returns do not include any dividends or other distributions declared by the companies included in the
Index and will cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the companies included in the Index . The Indices do not represent a direct investment in the Index or in the securities
tracked by the Index .
We may change the Index on a particular Indexed Account if the Index is discontinued or if we feel the Index
is no longer appropriate. This change may occur in the middle of an Indexed Segment and this change may impact how your Indexed Segment performance and Interim Value are calculated. See the Discontinuance or
Substitution of an Index section later in the prospectus for more information.
17
If we do not receive investment instructions from you by the end of an Indexed Term, we will invest your Segment Maturity Value in a new Indexed Segment with the same Crediting Method, Indexed Term , Index, Protection Level , or Dual Rate, as applicable, if available . The Crediting Method for the new Indexed Segment could be less advantageous than the current Indexed Segment because the rate may be different . If
the same type of Indexed Segment is not available , your Segment Maturity Value will be moved to the LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund. If your Contract Value has been invested in a new Segment and you wish to withdraw your investment , the Contract Value for that Segment will equal the Interim Value .
You will not have voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends or other rights that shareholders who invest in mutual funds based on
these Indices would have .
Additional risks for specific Indices are as follows:
●
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index: This Index is comprised of equity securities issued by large-capitalization U.S. companies. In general large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new
competitive challenges and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of smaller companies, especially during periods of economic expansion.
●
Russell 2000® Price Return Index: Compared to mid-and large-capitalization companies, small-capitalization
companies may be less stable and more susceptible to adverse developments, and their securities may be more volatile and less liquid.
●
Capital Strength Net Fee Index SM : This Index has fewer stocks than broad based indices; therefore, the risk is spread between
fewer equity securities. This Index may not track other large cap indices.
●
First Trust American Leadership Index TM : In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable
to respond quickly to new competitive challenges and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of smaller companies, especially during periods of economic expansion.
●
Nasdaq-100 Price Return Index ® : This large-cap growth index is comprised of 100 of the largest domestic and
international nonfinancial companies listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market based on market capitalization. This index is comprised of industries such as technology, consumer services, and health care. In general,
large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of smaller companies, especially during periods of economic
expansion.
●
MSCI EAFE Price Return Index: International investing involves special risks not found in
domestic investing, including political and social differences and currency fluctuations due to economic decisions. Emerging markets can be riskier than investing in well-established foreign markets. The risks associated with
investing on a worldwide basis include differences in the regulation of financial data and reporting, currency exchange differences, as well as economic and political systems differences.
Risks Associated with Crediting Methods and Protection Methods. The available Indexed Accounts with applicable Crediting Methods
and Protection Methods will vary over time . Before investing in a new Indexed Segment, you should determine exactly what Indexed Accounts , Protection Methods , and Crediting Methods are available to you . There is no guarantee that more than one Indexed Account will be available in the
future. You risk the possibility that you would find declared caps and
rates unacceptable (i.e. could be lower than what were available
at the time your Contract was issued), so you should make sure the Segment(s) you select is appropriate for your investment goals .
●
The Protection Level, or Dual Rate, that is applicable to an Indexed Account only provides you with limited protection from negative Index performance at the end of an Indexed Term, or, in the case of Indexed Account with an Annual Lock, each Contract Year during the
Indexed Segment. You could lose a significant amount of your Purchase
Payment and/or prior earnings under the Contract despite these limits on negative Index returns. You also bear the risk that continued negative Index returns may result in zero or a negative Performance
Rate being credited to your Contract Value over multiple strategy periods. Given
that the Protection Level , or Dual Rate, applies to a single Indexed Term, if an Indexed Account is credited with a negative Performance Rate for multiple Indexed Terms , the
cumulative loss may exceed any single Indexed Term’s stated Protection Level or Dual Rate. Similarly , if you
select an Indexed Account with an Annual Lock, the Protection Level will apply each Contract Year during an Indexed Term, so if the Index has negative performance for multiple Contract Years
during the Indexed Term, the cumulative loss reflected in the
Performance Rate at the end of the Indexed Term may exceed any single
Contract Year’ s stated Protection Level. The Protection
Level , or Dual Rate, does not apply to your
Interim Value , so in order to receive the full protection you must hold your investment until the end of the Indexed Term .
●
Gains in your Indexed Segments are limited by any applicable Performance Cap, which
means that your return could be lower than if you had invested directly in a fund based on the applicable Index. The Performance Cap exists for the full term of the Indexed Segment. Generally, Indexed Segments
with greater Protection Levels have lower Performance Caps. Performance Caps for new Segments will be declared at least 5 business days in advance of the beginning of a Segment. Subsequent Performance Caps may
differ from the Performance Cap used for new Contracts or for other Contracts issued at different times.
●
Gains in your Indexed Segments may be limited by any applicable Participation Rate,
which means that your return could be lower than if you had invested directly in a fund based on the applicable Index. If the Participation Rate is less than 100%, the increase in your Segment Maturity value
will never reflect the entire corresponding performance in the applicable Index over the Indexed Term. The Participation Rate exists for the full term of the Indexed Segment. The Participation Rate may be lower for
18
Contracts with the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit. Participation Rates for new Segments will
be declared at least 5 business days in advance of the beginning of a Segment.
●
Gains in your Indexed Segments are limited by any applicable Performance Trigger Rate.
If the performance of the Index is zero or positive, a specified rate is used to determine the Segment Maturity Value. The Performance Trigger Rate may be lower than the actual performance of the Index, which
means that your return may be lower than if you had invested directly in a fund based on the applicable Index. The Performance Trigger Rate applies for the full term on the Indexed Segment. Generally, Indexed Segments
with greater Protection Levels have lower Performance Trigger Rates. Performance Trigger Rates for new Segments will be declared at least 5 business days in advance of the beginning of a Segment. Subsequent Performance
Trigger Rates may differ from the Performance Trigger Rate used for new Contracts or for other Contracts issued at different times.
●
Gains in your Indexed Segment are limited by any applicable Dual Performance Trigger
Rate . The Dual Performance Trigger Rate is used in determining the Segment Maturity Value. The Dual Performance Trigger Rate may be lower than the actual performance of the Index, which means that your return could be lower than if you had invested
directly in a fund based on the applicable Index. The Dual
Performance Trigger Rate applies for the full term of the Indexed Segment . Dual Performance Trigger Rates for new Segments will be declared at least 5 business days in advance of the beginning of a
Segment. Subsequent Dual Performance Trigger Rates may differ from the Dual Performance Trigger Rate used for new Contracts or for the other Contracts issued at different times.
●
Gains in your Dual Plus Indexed Segment are limited by any applicable Performance Cap, which means that your return could be lower than if you
had invested directly in a fund based on the applicable Index . The Dual Rate is used to determine the Segment Maturity Value . The Performance Cap exists for the full term of
the Indexed Segment. Performance Caps for new Segments will be
declared at least 5 business days in advance of the beginning of a Segment .
●
For Indexed Accounts without an Annual Lock , the indexed performance credited to or deducted from your Indexed Segment is determined on the last day of the Indexed Term . It is not
affected by the price of the Index on any date in between the effective date of the Indexed Account and the End Date of the Indexed Term. Annual Lock accounts are not affected by Index prices between the Annual
Lock anniversaries.
Risks of Investing in the Subaccounts
You take all the investment risk on the Contract Value and the retirement income for amounts placed into one or more of the Subaccounts,
which invest in corresponding underlying funds. If the Subaccounts you select make money, your Contract Value goes up; if they lose money, your Contract Value goes down. How much it goes up or down depends on the
performance of the Subaccounts you select.
The dollar amount of the charge for certain optional Death Benefits may increase as your Contract Value increases.
Certain classes of funds are subject to risk factors as outlined below:
a. Certain funds offered as part of this Contract have similar investment objectives and policies to other portfolios managed by the adviser. The
investment results of the funds, however, may be higher or lower than the other portfolios that are managed by the adviser or sub-adviser. There can be no assurance, and no representation is made, that the investment results of
any of the funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other portfolio managed by the adviser or sub-adviser, if applicable.
b. Certain funds invest their assets in other funds. As a result, you will pay fees and expenses at both fund levels. This will reduce your
investment return. These arrangements are referred to as funds of funds or master-feeder funds, which may have higher expenses than funds that invest directly in debt or equity securities. An adviser affiliated with us manages
some of the available funds of funds. Our affiliates may promote the benefits of such funds to Contractowners and/or suggest that Contractowners consider whether allocating some or all of their Contract Value to such portfolios is
consistent with their desired investment objectives. In doing so, we may be subject to conflicts of interest insofar as we may derive greater revenues from the affiliated fund of funds than certain other funds available to you
under your Contract.
Your ability to transfer amounts between Investment Options is subject to restrictions. You are generally restricted to no more than 12 transfers
per Contract Year. There are also restrictions on the minimum amount that may be transferred from a variable option.
You are subject to the risk that we may increase certain contract fees and charges, and that underlying fund expenses may increase.
Some of the underlying funds have reserved the right to temporarily or permanently refuse payments or transfer requests received from us,
especially in cases of suspected market timing. To the extent permitted by applicable law, we, in turn, reserve the right to defer or reject your transfer request at any time we are unable to redeem shares of an
underlying fund.
Insurance Company Risk
●
An investment in the Contract is subject to the risks related to us, Lincoln Life. Any
obligations, guarantees, or benefits of the Contract are subject to our claims-paying ability. If we experience financial distress, we may not be able to meet our obligations to you.
●
You will not have voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends or other rights
that shareholders who invest in mutual funds based on these indices would have.
19
●
Your receipt of funds invested in the Indexed Segments is based on the claims paying
ability of Lincoln Life. You have no ownership rights in the underlying securities. The assets backing the Indexed Accounts are not segregated from other business of Lincoln Life.
●
Your receipt of a Death Benefit over and above the amounts invested is based on the
claims paying ability and financial strength of Lincoln Life.
Contract Changes Risk
●
We reserve the right, within the law, to make certain changes to the structure and
operation of the Indexed Accounts at our discretion and without your consent. We may add to or delete Indexed Accounts currently available or change the features of an Indexed Account from one Indexed Term to
the next, including the Index and the current limits on Index gains and losses (subject to any minimum guarantees). We do not guarantee that more than one Indexed Account option will always be available.
●
We have the right to substitute an alternative Index prior to the End Date of an
Indexed Term if an Index is discontinued; we are engaged in a contractual dispute with the Index provider; we determine that our use of an Index should be discontinued because, for example, changes to the Index
make it impractical or expensive to purchase securities or derivatives to hedge the Index; there is a substantial change in the calculation of an Index, resulting in significantly different values and performance; or
for a legal reason we cannot offer the Index. If we substitute an Index for an existing Indexed Segment, we will not change the Crediting Method or Protection Method for the Indexed Term. We will attempt to
choose a new Index that has a similar investment objective and risk profile to the existing Index.
●
We reserve the right, within the law, to make certain changes to the structure and
operation of the VAA at our discretion and without your consent. We may add, delete, or substitute funds for all Contractowners or only for certain classes of Contractowners. New or substitute funds may have
different fees and expenses, and may only be offered to certain classes of Contractowners. Substitutions may be made with respect to existing investments or the investment of future Purchase Payments, or both. We may close
Subaccounts to allocations of Purchase Payments or Contract Value, or both, at any time in our sole discretion. In addition, a Subaccount may become unavailable due to liquidation of its underlying fund portfolio.
Cybersecurity and Business Interruption Risks. We rely heavily on our computer systems and those of our business partners and service providers to conduct our business. As such, our business is vulnerable to cybersecurity risks and business interruption
risks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, loss, misuse, corruption and destruction of data; interference with or denial of service; attacks on websites or systems; operational disruptions; and
unauthorized release of confidential customer or business information. Cybersecurity risks affecting us, any third-party administrators, underlying funds, index providers, intermediaries, and service providers may
adversely affect us and/or your Contract. For instance, systems failures and cyberattacks may interfere with our processing of Contract transactions, including order processing; impact our ability to calculate
Accumulation Unit values or other Contract values; cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information; and/or subject us to regulatory fines, litigation, financial losses or
reputational damage. Cybersecurity risks may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest (or the securities that compose an Index), which may cause your Contract to lose value. There can be
no assurance that systems disruptions, cyberattacks and information security breaches will always be detected, prevented, or avoided in the future.
In addition to cybersecurity risks, we are exposed to risks related to natural and man-made disasters, such as (but not limited to) storms,
fires, floods, earthquakes, public health crises, malicious acts, and terrorist acts. Any such disasters could interfere with our business and our ability to administer the Contract. For example, they could lead to
delays in our processing of Contract transactions, including orders from Contract owners, or could negatively impact our ability to calculate Accumulation Unit values or other Contract values. They may also
impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest (or the securities that compose an Index), which may cause your Contract to lose value. There can be no assurance that negative impacts associated
with natural and man-made disasters will always be avoided.
Additional Purchase Payment Risk. Any additional Purchase Payment after your initial Purchase Payment may only be invested in the Indexed Accounts
on the Indexed Anniversary Date. If additional Purchase Payments for the Indexed Accounts are received prior to the Indexed Anniversary Date, these Purchase Payments must be accompanied with instructions to invest in a
variable Subaccount until the Purchase Payment can be allocated to the Indexed Account, and you will bear the risk of your investment in the Subaccount.
You must obtain our approval for a Purchase Payment totaling $2 million or more. This amount takes into consideration the total Purchase
Payments for all existing Lincoln Level Advantage ® and Lincoln Level Advantage 2 ® contracts for the same owner, joint owner, or annuitant.
Indexed Accounts
The Contract offers several Indexed Accounts . We will credit positive or negative interest at the end of an Indexed Term based , in part , on the performance of an Index . This rate of return is the Performance Rate . An Indexed Account is
defined by the Index tracked, the length of the Indexed Term, the Crediting Method, and the Protection Level or Dual Rate, as applicable, it provides, and whether or not it
includes an Annual Lock. An investment in an Indexed Account is not an investment in the Index or in any Index fund.
20
You could lose a significant portion of your investment in an Indexed Segment if the Index declines in value. You are responsible for all
losses in excess of the Protection Level or Dual Rate you choose. There is also a risk of loss upon an early withdrawal. If you withdraw Contract Value prior to the End Date of an Indexed Term, the withdrawal will be based
on Interim Value and will cause an immediate reduction in your Indexed Crediting Base in a proportion equal to the reduction in your Interim Value. A proportional reduction could be larger than the dollar amount of
your withdrawal. You could lose a significant portion of your investment in an Indexed Segment if amounts are removed from the Indexed Segment prior to the end of the Indexed Term.
You may allocate all or a portion of your Purchase Payments into one or more Indexed Accounts. The minimum allocation to an Indexed
Account is $2,000; there is no maximum allocation limit. Additional Purchase Payments to an Indexed Account are not allowed during an Indexed Term. A new Indexed Segment is established upon an allocation to an Indexed
Account. Each Indexed Segment may have its own:
●
Start Date
●
Crediting Base
●
Performance Rate
●
Performance Cap
●
Participation Rate
●
Performance Trigger Rate
●
Dual Performance Trigger Rate
●
Contract Value
●
End Date
Information regarding each Indexed Account , including 1 ) its name , 2 ) its type , 3 ) its Indexed Term , 4) its Crediting
Method , and 5 ) its Protection Method ,
is available in Appendix A – Investment Options Available Under The Contract .
Indices. Each Indexed Account references a
market index that determines the performance of its associated Indexed Segments. A market index is not a fund ; it is unmanaged and is not available for direct
investment. We currently offer Indexed Accounts based on the performance of the following securities indices:
S&P 500® Price Return Index (SPX). The S&P 500® Index is comprised of 500 stocks considered representative of the overall market.
Russell 2000® Price Return Index (RTY). The Russell 2000® Index measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000® Index. It is considered representative of small capitalization stocks. The prices of small company stocks generally are more volatile than those of large company stocks.
Capital Strength Net Fee IndexSM (NQCAPSTNF). The Index is comprised of 50 securities selected based on cash on hand, debt ratios and volatility. The Capital Strength Price Return IndexSM will be reduced by 0.65% to result in the Capital Strength Net Fee IndexSM.
First Trust American Leadership IndexTM (FTUSLDRS). The First Trust American Leadership IndexTM
provides exposure to a selection of U.S. stocks, including companies with a history of paying and raising dividends and others more growth-oriented, representing the largest and most actively traded U.S. stocks in the internet
industry. Specifically, the First Trust American Leadership Index provides exposure to U.S. companies driving growth and profitability through internet products and services. The level of the First Trust American Leadership IndexTM incorporates an embedded 0.65% annual fee. The fee is not related to
the annuity.
MSCI EAFE Price Return Index (MXEA). The
MSCI EAFE Index measures the equity market performance of 22 developed market country indices located in Europe, Australia and the Far East.
Nasdaq-100 ® Index (NDX). The Nasdaq-100 ® Index includes 100 of the largest domestic and international non-financial securities
listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market based on market capitalization.
The Indices used are “ price return Indices,” not “total return Indices,” meaning that each Index’s returns do not include any dividends or other
distributions declared by the companies included in the Index and will cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the companies included in the Index . The Indices do not represent a direct in
the Index. If an Index is discontinued or substantially changes (for example if an Index sponsor announces that it will make a material change in the formula for or the method of calculating the Index or in
any other way materially modifies the Index), we reserve the right to select an alternative Index and we will notify the Contractowner of such changes. In selecting an alternative Index we will attempt to approximate the
performance of the original investment in a commercially reasonable manner in light of relevant market circumstances at the time. Any substitution is subject to approval by the state insurance
authorities where the Contract and rider were issued, if required by law. A change to the Index in the middle of a Segment may impact the calculation of the Performance Rate for the Segments. When we notify you of a
change to the Index, we will also state how the change will impact your Performance Rate. Investments in new Segments are available on an Indexed Anniversary Date.
21
The bar charts shown below provide each Index’s annual returns for the last 10 calendar years (or for the life of the Index if less than 10
years), as well as the Index returns after applying a hypothetical 5% Performance Cap and a hypothetical -10% Protection Level. The charts illustrate the variability of the returns from year to year and show how
hypothetical limits on Index gains and losses may affect these returns. Past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance.
The performance below is NOT the performance of any specific Indexed Account. Your performance under the Contract will differ, perhaps
significantly. The performance below may reflect a different return calculation, time period, and limit on Index gains and losses than the Indexed Account, and does not reflect Contract fees and charges, including the
adjustment for Interim Values, which reduce performance.
The S&P 500 Price Return Index is a “price return Index,” not a “total return Index,” and therefore does not reflect the dividends
paid on securities composing the Index, which will reduce the Index return and may cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.
The Russell 2000 Price Return Index is a “price return Index,” not a “total return Index,” and therefore does not reflect the
dividends paid on securities composing the Index, which will reduce the Index return and may cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.
The Capital Strength Net Fee Index is a “price return Index,” not a “total return Index,” and therefore does not reflect the dividends
paid on securities composing the Index, which will reduce the Index return and may cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.
The Index provider deducts fees and costs when calculating the Index return, which will reduce the Index return and will cause the
Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.
The First Trust American Leadership Index is a “price return Index,” not a “total return Index,” and therefore does not reflect the
dividends paid on securities composing the Index, which will reduce the Index return and may cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.
22
The Index provider deducts fees and costs when calculating the Index return, which will reduce the Index return and will cause the
Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.
The MSCI EAFE Price Return Index is a “price return Index,” not a “total return Index,” and therefore does not reflect the dividends
paid on securities composing the Index, which will reduce the Index return and may cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in securities composing the Index.
The Nasdaq-100 Price Return Index is a “price return Index,” not a “total return Index,” and therefore does not reflect the dividends
paid on securities composing the Index, which will reduce the Index return and may cause the Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities composing the Index.
Indexed Term. The Indexed Term is the specified period
of time over which an Index’s performance is measured, subject to applicable limits on Index gains and losses, to determine the amount of positive or negative interest that will be credited to an Indexed
Account at the end of the period . 1-Year, 3-Year, and 6-Year Indexed Terms are available in this Contract. An Indexed Segment begins on the day your money is allocated to an Indexed Segment,
called the Start Date. The yearly anniversary of the Start Date of the initial Indexed Segment is the Indexed Anniversary Date of your Contract. This is the Indexed Anniversary Date for the life of your Contract.
You may choose to allocate your Purchase Payments to different Indexed Accounts, but all Indexed Segments must begin on the Indexed
Anniversary Date. All future Indexed Terms must begin on the same Indexed Anniversary Date. This means you can only allocate to Indexed Accounts one time a year. For example, you may start a 6-Year Segment, and two years later, you can start a 1-Year or 3-Year Indexed Segment, as long as the
1-Year or 3-Year Indexed Segment begins on the Indexed Anniversary Date for your Contract. If you have more than one 3-Year or 6-Year Term Indexed Segment in effect ay any time, Indexed Terms of the same
term length must have the same Start Date.
Your Contract Value must remain in an Indexed Account until the end of the Indexed Term to be credited with all or partial
interest and to avoid a possible Contract Adjustment based on Interim Value, in addition to potential tax consequences. If you make any
withdrawals (including surrender or termination of your Contract), reallocate Contract Value from an Indexed Segment, annuitize your Contract or upon payment of a Death Benefit from an Indexed Segment on any date prior
to the Segment End Date, your Contract Value in the Indexed Segment will be its Interim Value. For more information, see “Interim Value” later in this section. Lincoln reserves the right to make additional
Indexed Account options available or to withdraw currently available Indexed Account options and change the features of an Indexed Account from one Indexed Term to the next, including the Index and the current limits on
Index gains and losses, in the future.
Indexed Contract Value. For each Indexed Segment the daily value
is determined as follows:
a. On the Start Date of the Indexed Segment, the value of the Indexed Segment equals the initial Indexed Crediting Base. The initial Indexed
Crediting Base is the amount of Purchase Payment or Contract Value allocated to the Indexed Segment.
b. On each Valuation Date during the Indexed Term, the value of the Indexed Segment equals the Interim Value.
c. On the last date of the Indexed Term, called the End Date, the value of the Indexed Segment equals the Segment Maturity Value.
Crediting Methods and Protection Methods. Different
Crediting Methods and Protection Methods are available for your Indexed Account . Interest is credited for any performance earned or deducted for any loss only on the End Date of a Segment. The
Crediting Method you select will limit positive (upside) Index returns credited on the End Date of a Segment and the Protection Method will limit the negative Index returns deducted on the End Date of a Segment.
If the End Date is not a Valuation Date, then the amount will be credited or deducted on the next business day.
23
Indexed Segments with Performance Caps , No Annual Locks. The
Performance Cap is the maximum Performance Rate that can be credited to the Indexed Segment for an Indexed Term for which it is declared. For example, if the Index return is 12%, and the Performance Cap is
4%, we will credit 4% in interest on the End Date of the Segment, meaning your Segment value will increase by 4%. The Performance Cap may vary depending on the Death Benefit option, the Index, the Indexed Term length, and the Protection Level . Typically, Indexed Segments
with greater Protection Levels have lower Performance Caps. The Performance Cap will not change during the Indexed Term.
The initial Performance Cap applies to the initial Indexed Term. Indexed Segments with a Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit may have
lower Performance Caps than Indexed Segments with the Account Value Death Benefit. The Company will declare, at its discretion, a Performance Cap for each subsequent Indexed Term. Subsequent Performance Caps may
differ from the Performance Cap used for new Contracts or for other Contracts issued at different times. If no Performance Cap is declared for an Indexed Term, there is no maximum Performance Rate for that
Indexed Term. In no event will a Performance Cap be lower than what is shown in Appendix A – Investment Options Available Under The Contract. Information about current Performance Caps can be found at
www.lfg.com/llarates and is incorporated into this prospectus by reference.
The Performance Rate is the percentage change in the Index Value from the Start Date to the End Date, adjusted by the Protection Level
and subject to the Performance Cap. The Performance Rate can be positive, negative or zero. The percentage change in the Index Value is calculated by subtracting the Index Value on the Start Date from the Index
Value on the End Date, and the difference is divided by the Index Value on the Start Date. The daily Index Value is posted on the Index ’s website. If an Index Value is not published for a
particular day, we will use the Index Value at the close of the next Valuation Date the Index is published.
If your Indexed Account has a Performance Cap and the percentage change of the Index Value from the Start Date to the End Date is positive
and equal to or greater than the Performance Cap, then the Performance Rate equals the Performance Cap. If the percentage change is zero or positive and less than the Performance Cap, the Performance Rate
equals the percentage change of the Index Value. If you have a Protection Level and the percentage change in the Index Value is less than zero, then the Performance Rate is the lesser of 1) 0%, or 2) the
percentage change in the Index Value plus the Protection Level.
The Performance Rate for Indexed Segments with a 100% Protection Level is zero if the percentage change is negative.
The amount credited to or deducted from the Indexed Segment is equal to the Performance Rate multiplied by the Indexed Crediting Base on
the End Date. This will be used to determine the Segment Maturity Value as set forth below. The Indexed Crediting Base is the amount you have allocated to the Indexed Segment, less any transfers and withdrawals during
the Indexed Term deducted proportionately by the amount that the transfer or withdrawal reduced the Interim Value (described later in the Interim Value section). Withdrawals include any premium tax or rider fees
and charges. The Performance Rate is used to determine the value credited after all adjustments. If the Performance Rate is positive, the value of your Indexed Segment will increase. If the Performance Rate is negative
(after calculation including the Protection Level ), the value of your Indexed Segment is reduced. If the Performance Rate is zero, the value of your Indexed Segment will not change.
The following examples illustrate how we calculate and credit interest assuming hypothetical Index returns and hypothetical limits on Index
gains and losses. The examples assume no withdrawals.
The following example assumes a Performance Cap. The Segment Maturity Value on the End Date is equal to the sum of A plus (A
multiplied by B) where:
A = the Indexed Crediting Base on the End Date and
B = the Performance Rate.
For Example:
Indexed Term Segment Start Date = 1/8/ 2025
Indexed Account = 1-Year with a 10% Performance Cap
Allocation to Indexed Segment = $100,000
Indexed Crediting Base = $100,000
Indexed Account = 1-Year with a 10% Performance Cap
Allocation to Indexed Segment = $100,000
Indexed Crediting Base = $100,000
24
|
|
|
|
B
|
A
|
= A + (A x B)
|
|
Indexed
Segment
Anniversary
|
Index %
Change
|
Performance
Cap
|
Performance
Rate
|
Indexed
Crediting Base
on the End
Date (Prior to
Segment
Maturity Value
calculation)
|
Segment
Maturity
Value
|
|
1/8/2026
|
+7%
|
10%
|
+7%
|
$100,000
|
$107,000
|
|
1/8/2027
|
+12%
|
10%
|
+10%
|
$107,000
|
$117,700
|
This example assumes that a new 1-Year Indexed Segment was selected in 2026 to show the impact of the Performance Cap. In this example, the Performance Cap did not change for the new
Segment.
The Indexed Crediting Base is used only to calculate the performance of Indexed Accounts on the End Date and to calculate the Interim Value. This
amount is not available for surrender, withdrawal, transfer, annuitization or as a Death Benefit.
Depending on market conditions, subsequent Performance Caps may be higher or lower than the initial Performance Cap. Subsequent Performance Caps may
differ from the Performance Cap used for new Contracts or for other Contracts issued at different times. The Company will determine new Performance Caps on a basis that does not discriminate unfairly within any class of contracts.
Indexed Segments with Participation Rates. The
Participation Rate represents the portion of the Index performance that is reflected in the value of the Indexed Segment. For example, if the Index return is 20%, and the Participation Rate is 90%, we will credit
18% in interest on the End Date of the Segment, meaning your Segment value will increase by 18%. The Participation Rate may be equal to, or greater or less than 100%, and may vary depending on the Death
Benefit option, the Index, the Term length, and the Protection Level. The Participation Rate will not change during the Indexed Term.
The initial Participation Rate applies to the initial Indexed Term. Indexed Segments with a Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit may have
lower Participation Rates than Indexed Segments with the Account Value Death Benefit. The Company will declare, at its discretion, a Participation Rate for each subsequent Indexed Term. In no event will a
Participation Rate be lower than what is shown in Appendix A – Investment Options Available Under The Contract. Information about current Participation Rates can be found at www.lfg.com/llarates and is
incorporated into this prospectus by reference.
25
The Performance Rate is the percentage change in the Index Value from the Start Date to the End Date, adjusted by the Participation Rate and the
Protection Level. The Performance Rate can be positive, negative, or zero. The percentage change in the Index Value is calculated by subtracting the Index Value on the Start Date from the Index Value on the End Date, and the
difference is divided by the Index Value on the Start Date. The daily Index Value is posted on the index’s website. If an Index Value is not published for a particular day, we will use the Index Value at the close of the next
Valuation Date the Index is published.
If the percentage change of the Index Value from the Start Date to the End Date is positive, then the Performance Rate equals the Participation Rate
multiplied by the percentage change. If the percentage change in the Index Value is less than zero, then the Performance Rate is the lesser of 1) 0%, or 2) the percentage change in the Index Value plus the Protection Level.
The amount credited to or deducted from the Indexed Segment is equal to the Performance Rate multiplied by the Indexed Crediting Base on the End
Date. This will be used to determine the Segment Maturity Value as set forth below. The Indexed Crediting Base is the amount you have allocated to the Indexed Segment, less any transfers and withdrawals during the Indexed Term
deducted proportionately by the amount that the transfer or withdrawal reduced the Interim Value. Withdrawals include any premium tax or rider fees and charges. If the Performance Rate is positive, the value of your Indexed
Segment will increase. If the Performance Rate is negative (after calculation including the Protection Level), the value of your Indexed Segment is reduced. If the Performance Rate is zero, the value of your Indexed Segment will
not change. The Segment Maturity Value on the End Date is equal to the sum of A and (A multi
plied by B) where:
A = the Indexed Crediting Base on the End Date and
B = the Performance Rate.
The following examples illustrate how we calculate and credit interest assuming hypothetical Index returns and hypothetical lim
its on Index gains and losses . The examples assume no withdrawals.
Indexed Term Segment Start Date = 1/8/ 2025
Indexed Account = 3-Year with a 115% Participation Rate
Allocation to Indexed Segment = $100,000
Indexed Crediting Base = $100,000
Indexed Account = 3-Year with a 115% Participation Rate
Allocation to Indexed Segment = $100,000
Indexed Crediting Base = $100,000
|
|
|
|
B
|
A
|
= A + (A x B)
|
|
Indexed
Segment
Anniversary
|
Index %
Change
|
Participation
Rate
|
Performance
Rate
|
Indexed
Crediting Base
on the End
Date (Prior to
Segment
Maturity Value
calculation)
|
Segment
Maturity
Value
|
|
1/8/2028
|
+20%
|
115%
|
20% x 115% = 23%
|
$100,000
|
$123,000
|
Example for Indexed Segment with lower declared Participation Rate:
Indexed Term Segment Start Date = 1/8/ 2025
Indexed Account = 3-Year with a 95% Participation Rate
Allocation to Indexed Segment = $100,000
Indexed Crediting Base = $100,000
Indexed Account = 3-Year with a 95% Participation Rate
Allocation to Indexed Segment = $100,000
Indexed Crediting Base = $100,000
|
|
|
|
B
|
A
|
= A + (A x B)
|
|
Indexed
Segment
Anniversary
|
Index %
Change
|
Participation
Rate
|
Performance
Rate
|
Indexed
Crediting Base
on the End
Date (Prior to
Segment
Maturity Value
calculation)
|
Segment
Maturity
Value
|
|
1/8/2028
|
+15%
|
+95%
|
15% x 95% =
14.25%
|
$100,000
|
$114,250
|
26
The Indexed Crediting Base is used only to calculate the performance of Indexed Accounts on the End Date and to calculate the Interim Value. This
amount is not available for surrender, withdrawal, transfer, annuitization or as a Death Benefit.
Depending on market conditions, subsequent Participation Rates may be higher or lower than the initial Participation Rate. Subsequent Participation
Rates may differ from the Participation Rate used for new Contracts or for other Contracts issued at different times. The Company will determine new Participation Rates on a basis that does not discriminate unfairly within any
class of contracts.
Indexed Segments with Performance Trigger Rate. The Performance Trigger Rate is a rate of return for an Indexed Segment that we declare at the beginning of the Indexed Term that is used to determine the Segment Maturity Value if the Index return for the
Indexed Term is zero or positive. For example, if the Index return is 12%, and the Performance Trigger Rate is 4%, we will credit 4% in interest on the End Date of the Segment, meaning your Segment value
will increase by 4%. Alternatively, if the Index return is 1%, and the Performance Trigger Rate is 4%, we will credit 4% in interest on the End Date of the Segment, meaning your Segment value will increase by 4%.
The Performance Trigger Rate may vary depending on the Death Benefit option, the Index, the Term length, and the Protection Level . Typically,
Indexed Segments with greater Protection Levels have lower Performance Trigger Rates. The Performance Trigger Rate will not change during the Indexed Term.
The initial Performance Trigger Rate applies to the initial Indexed Term. Indexed Segments with a Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit may
have lower Performance Trigger Rates than Indexed Segments with the Account Value Death Benefit. The Company will declare, at its discretion, a Performance Trigger Rate for each subsequent Indexed Term. Subsequent
Performance Trigger Rates may differ from the Performance Trigger Rate used for new contracts or for other Contracts issued at different times. In no event will a Performance Trigger Rate be lower than what is
shown in Appendix A – Investment Options Available Under The Contract. Information about current Performance Trigger Rates can be found at www.lfg.com/llarates and is incorporated into this prospectus by reference.
The Performance Rate is the percentage change in the Index Value from the Start Date to the End Date, adjusted by the Protection Level and
subject to the Performance Trigger Rate. The Performance Rate can be positive, negative, or zero. The percentage change in the Index Value is calculated by subtracting the Index Value on the Start Date from the Index
Value on the End Date, and the difference is divided by the Index Value on the Start Date. If the percentage change of the Index Value is greater than or equal to zero on the End Date, the Performance Rate is
equal to the Performance Trigger Rate. The daily Index Value is posted on the index’s website. If an Index Value is not published for a particular day, we will use the Index Value at the close of the next Valuation Date
the Index is published.
27
If you have a Protection Level and the percentage change in the Index Value is less than zero, then the Performance Rate is the lesser of
1) 0%, or 2) the percentage change in the Index Value plus the Protection Level.
The amount credited to or deducted from the Indexed Segment is equal to the Performance Rate multiplied by the Indexed Crediting Base on
the End Date. This will be used to determine the Segment Maturity Value as set forth below. The Indexed Crediting Base is the amount you have allocated to the Indexed Segment, less any transfers and withdrawals during
the Indexed Term deducted proportionately by the amount that the transfer or withdrawal reduced the Interim Value. Withdrawals include any premium tax or rider fees and charges. If the Performance Rate is
positive, the value of your Indexed Segment will increase. If the Performance Rate is negative (after calculation including the Protection Level ), the value of your Indexed Segment is reduced. If the Performance
Rate is zero, the value of your Indexed Segment will not change.
The following examples illustrate how we calculate
and credit interest assuming hypothetical Index returns and hypothetical limits on Index gains and losses. The example assumes no withdrawals .
The Indexed Crediting Base is used only to calculate the performance of Indexed Accounts on the End Date and to calculate the Interim Value. This
amount is not available for surrender, withdrawal, transfer, annuitization or as a Death Benefit.
Depending on market conditions, subsequent Performance Trigger Rates may be higher or lower than the initial Performance Trigger Rate. Subsequent
Performance Trigger Rates may differ from the Performance Trigger Rate used for new Contracts or for other Contracts issued at different times. The Company will determine new Performance Trigger Rates on a basis that does not
discriminate unfairly within any class of contracts.
Indexed Segment with Performance Caps with Annual Locks. For an
Indexed Segment with Annual Locks, the Performance Rate will be calculated in the same manner as without Annual Locks (see discussion above), except it will be calculated on each Index Anniversary Date. However, the performance
will NOT be credited to or deducted from the Indexed Segment until the End Date of the Indexed Term (at the end of the 6th year). The amount of the performance credited or deducted from the Indexed Segment on the End Date equals the sum of the annual performance amounts on each Indexed Anniversary
Date, as adjusted for any withdrawals, transfers, or annuitization. On the first Indexed Anniversary Date, the performance equals the Performance Rate change multiplied by the Indexed Crediting Base. This performance amount is
added to or deducted from the Indexed Crediting Base. This adjusted Indexed Crediting Base becomes the Indexed Crediting Base for the next one-year period. On each Indexed Anniversary Date thereafter, the return for the year is
credited to or deducted from the Indexed Crediting Base and the adjusted Indexed Crediting Base carries over for the next one-year period. As a result, a loss you incur in one year will reduce the amount invested for the next
year. In a continuing down market, you could lose in excess of the applicable Protection Level. For example, if the Protection Level is 10%, in a continuing down market, you could lose more than 90% of your investment. On the
other hand, a gain you incur in one year will increase the Indexed Crediting Base for the next year, upon which future gains (if any) will be calculated. The Segment Maturity Value will equal the value of the Crediting Base on the
End Date (after the adjustment for performance on the last Indexed Anniversary Date).
28
The Indexed Crediting Base is used only to calculate the performance of Indexed Segments on the Indexed Anniversary Date and to calculate the
Interim Value. This amount is not available for surrender, withdrawal, transfer, annuitization or as a Death Benefit. In addition to the Indexed Crediting Base adjustment for performance, withdrawals and transfers reduce the Indexed
Crediting Base in the same proportion that withdrawals and transfers reduce the Interim Value.
The initial Performance Cap applies to the initial Indexed Term. The Company will declare, at its discretion, a Performance Cap for each
subsequent Indexed Term. Subsequent Performance Caps may differ from the Performance Cap used for new Contracts or for other Contracts issued at different times. If no Performance Cap is declared for an Indexed Term,
there is no maximum Performance Rate for that Indexed Term. Subsequent Performance Caps may differ from the Performance Cap used for new Contracts or for other Contracts issued at different times. If no
Performance Cap is declared for an Indexed Term, there is no maximum Performance Rate for that Indexed Term. In no event will a Performance Cap be lower than what is shown in Appendix A – Investment Options Available Under
The Contract. Information about current Performance Caps can be found at www.lfg.com/llarates and is incorporated into this prospectus by reference.
The following examples illustrate how we calculate and credit interest assuming hypothetical Index returns and hypothetical limits on Index
gains and losses. The example assumes no withdrawals.
The following example demonstrates the impact of the Performance Cap and Protection Level on an Indexed Account with a 6-Year
Annual Lock and assumes no withdrawals have been made.
Indexed Term Segment Start Date = 1/8/ 2025
Indexed Account = 6-Year with Annual Locks with a 10% annual Performance Cap and 10% Protection Level
Allocation to Indexed Segment = $100,000
Indexed Crediting Base at Beginning of Term = $100,000
Indexed Account = 6-Year with Annual Locks with a 10% annual Performance Cap and 10% Protection Level
Allocation to Indexed Segment = $100,000
Indexed Crediting Base at Beginning of Term = $100,000
|
Indexed
Segment
Anniversary
|
Index %
Change
|
Account
Performance
Rate (adjusted for
Cap or Protection
Level)
|
Indexed Segment
Performance
Amount
|
Adjusted Indexed
Crediting Base/
Anniversary
Value
|
|
1/8/2026
|
+7%
|
+7%
|
$7,000
|
$107,000
|
|
1/8/2027
|
+12%
|
+10%
|
$10,700
|
$117,700
|
|
1/8/2028
|
-13%
|
-3%
|
-$3,531
|
$114,169
|
|
1/8/2029
|
-5%
|
0%
|
$0
|
$114,169
|
|
1/8/2030
|
+5%
|
+5%
|
$5,708
|
$119,877
|
|
1/8/2031
|
+17%
|
+10%
|
$11,988
|
$131,865
|
Note: The Segment Maturity Value is $131,865. The $31,865 (the sum of the values on each Index Anniversary) is not credited to your Contract Value
until the end of the 6-year Indexed Term. Until that time, the Interim Value calculation applies. The anniversary amounts are not available to you and are used only for calculation purposes as the Indexed Crediting Base for the
next year.
Depending on market conditions, Performance Caps on subsequent 6-year Indexed Terms with Annual Locks may be higher or lower than the initial
Performance Cap.
Indexed Segments with Dual Performance Trigger Rates. The Dual Performance Trigger Rate is a rate of return for an Index Segment that we declare at the beginning of the Indexed Term. It is used, in part, to determine the Segment Maturity Value. If Lincoln changes
the Dual Performance Trigger Rate for an Indexed Segment, that change will only apply to new investments, and will not impact any current investments in that Indexed Account. Typically, Indexed Segments with
greater Protection Levels have lower Dual Performance Trigger Rates.
The Dual Performance Trigger Rate may vary depending on the Death Benefit option, the Index, the Indexed Term , and the Protection
Level you select . The Dual Performance Trigger Rate will not change during the Indexed Term
The initial Dual Performance Trigger Rate applies to the initial Indexed Term. Indexed Segments with a Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
may have lower Dual Performance Trigger Rates than Indexed Segments with the Account Value Death Benefit. The Company will declare, at its discretion, a Dual Performance Trigger Rate for each subsequent Indexed Term, if
any. Subsequent Dual Performance Trigger Rates may differ from the Dual Performance Trigger Rate used for new Contracts or for other Contracts issued at different times. In no event will a Dual Performance
Trigger Rate be lower than what is shown in Appendix A – Investment Options Available Under The Contract. Information about current Dual Performance Trigger Rates can be found at www.lfg.com/llarates and is incorporated
into this prospectus by reference.
29
The Performance Rate is the percentage change in the Index Value from the Start Date to the End Date, adjusted by the Protection Level and the
Dual Performance Trigger Rate. The Performance Rate can be positive, negative, or zero. The percentage change in the Index Value is calculated by subtracting the Index Value on the Start Date from the Index Value on the End Date,
with the difference then divided by the Index Value on the Start Date. The daily Index Value is posted on the Index’s website. If an Index Value is not published for a particular day, we will use the Index Value at the close of the
next Valuation Date the Index is published.
If the percentage change of the Index Value is greater than or equal to zero on the End Date, the Performance Rate is equal to the Dual Performance
Trigger Rate. For example, if the Index return is 12%, and the Dual Performance Trigger Rate is 8%, we will credit 8% in interest on the End Date of the Segment, meaning your Segment value will increase by 8%.
If the percentage change in the Index Value is less than zero but within the Protection Level, the Performance Rate is equal to the Dual Performance Trigger Rate. For example, if the Index return is -5%,
the Protection Level is 10% and the Dual Performance Trigger Rate is 8%, we will credit 8% in interest on the End Date of the Segment, meaning your Segment value will increase by 8%. If the percentage change in
the Index Value is negative and beyond Protection Level, the Performance Rate is the percentage change in the Index Value, plus the Dual Performance Trigger Rate, plus the Protection Level. The Performance Rate
could be negative. For example, if the Index return is -20%, the Protection Level is 10% and the Dual Performance Trigger Rate is 8%, we will deduct 2% in interest on the End Date of the Segment, meaning
your Segment value will decrease by 2%.
The amount credited to or deducted from the Indexed Segment is equal to the Performance Rate multiplied by the Indexed Crediting Base on
the End Date. This will be used to determine the Segment Maturity Value as set forth below. The Indexed Crediting Base is the amount that you have allocated to the Indexed Segment, less any transfers or withdrawals
during the Indexed Term deducted proportionately by the amount that the transfers or withdrawals reduced the Interim Value. Withdrawals include any applicable surrender charge, premium tax or rider fees
and charges . The Performance Rate is used to determine the value credited after all adjustments. If the Performance Rate is positive, the value of your Indexed Segment will increase. If the Performance Rate is
negative (after calculation including the Protection Level), the value of your Indexed Segment will be reduced. If the Performance Rate is zero, the value of your Indexed Segment will not change.
The Segment Maturity Value on the End Date is equal to the sum of A plus (A multiplied by B) where:
A = the Indexed Crediting Base on the End Date and
B = the Performance Rate.
The Indexed Crediting Base is used only to calculate the performance of Indexed Accounts on the End Date and to calculate the Interim Value. This
amount is not available for surrender, withdrawal, transfer, annuitization or as a Death Benefit.
The following examples illustrate how we calculate and credit interest assuming hypothetical Index returns and hypothetical limits on Index
gains and losses. The examples assume no withdrawals.
The following examples show the Performance Rates assuming an initial Dual Performance Trigger Rate of 6% and a Protection Level of 10%.
30
Depending on market conditions, subsequent Dual Performance Trigger Rates may be higher or lower than the initial Dual Performance Trigger Rate.
Subsequent Dual Performance Trigger Rates may differ from the Dual Performance Trigger Rate used for new contracts or for other contracts issued at different times. The Company will determine new Dual Performance Trigger Rates on a
basis that does not discriminate unfairly within any class of contracts. There is no guarantee that the Indexed Account will be available in the future.
Indexed Segments with Dual Plus. The Dual
Plus Indexed Accounts offer a Dual Rate and Performance Cap for an Indexed Segment that we declare at the beginning of the Indexed Term that are both used in determining the Segment Maturity. The Performance Cap is the
maximum Performance Rate that can be credited to the Indexed Segment for an Indexed Term for which it is declared. For example, if the Index return is 60%, and the Performance Cap is 50%, we will credit 50% in
interest on the End Date of the Segment, meaning your Segment value will increase by 50%. The Performance Cap may vary depending on the Death Benefit option, the Index, and the Term length. The Performance
Cap Rate will not change during the Indexed Term. The Dual Rate will not vary depending on the Death Benefit option, the Index, or the Indexed Term length and will not change from one
Indexed Term to the next . Typically, Indexed Segments with Dual Rates have lower Performance Caps.
The amount credited to or deducted from the Indexed Segment, is equal to the Performance Rate multiplied by the Indexed Crediting Base on the End
Date. This will be used to determine the Segment Maturity Value as set forth below. The Indexed Crediting Base is the amount that you have allocated to the Indexed Segment, less any transfers or withdrawals during the Indexed Term
deducted proportionately by the amount that the transfer or withdrawal reduced the Interim Value. Withdrawals include any applicable surrender charge, premium tax, or rider fees and charges. The Performance Rate is used to
determine the value credited after all adjustments.
The Performance Rate equals (1) the Dual Rate if the percentage change of the Index Value from the Start Date to the End Date for
an Indexed Term is zero, or is positive and equal to or less than the Dual Rate; or (2) the percentage change up to the Performance Cap if the percentage change is higher than the Dual Rate; or (3) the
Performance Cap if the percentage change is higher than the Performance Cap; or (4) the percentage the Index has decreased plus the Dual Rate, if the Index Value at the end of the Indexed Term is less than
the Index Value at the beginning of the Indexed Term. If the Performance Rate is negative, the value of your Indexed Segment is reduced.
The Performance Rate is the percentage change in the Index Value from the Start Date to the End Date, adjusted by the Dual Rate and Performance Cap
Rate. The percentage change is calculated by subtracting the Index Value as of the beginning of the Indexed Term from the Index Value at the end of the Indexed Term. The difference is then divided by the Index Value as of the
beginning of the Indexed Term.
The Segment Maturity Value on the End Date is equal to the sum of A plus (A multiplied by B) where:
A = the Indexed Crediting Base on the End Date and
B = the Performance Rate.
The Indexed Crediting Base is used only to calculate the performance of Indexed Accounts on the End Date and to calculate the Interim Value. This
amount is not available for surrender, withdrawal, transfer, annuitization or as a Death Benefit.
The following examples illustrate how we calculate and credit interest assuming hypothetical Index returns and hypothetical limits on Index
gains and losses. The examples assume no withdrawals.
31
The following examples show the Performance Rates assuming a Dual Rate of 15% and an initial Performance Cap of 30%.
The initial Performance Cap applies to the initial Indexed Term. Indexed Segments with a Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit may have
lower Performance Caps than Indexed Segments with the Account Value Death Benefit. The Company will declare, at its discretion, a Performance Cap for each subsequent Indexed Term. If no Performance Cap is declared for an
Indexed Term, there is no maximum Performance Rate for that Indexed Term. In no event will a Performance Cap be lower than what is shown in Appendix A – Investment Options Available Under The Contract.
Information about current Performance Caps can be found at www.lfg.com/llarates and is incorporated into this prospectus by reference.
Depending on market conditions, subsequent Performance Caps may be higher or lower than the initial Performance Cap. Subsequent Performance Caps may
differ from the Performance Cap used for new Contracts or for other Contracts issued at different times. The Company will determine new Performance Caps on a basis that does not discriminate unfairly within any class of contracts.
While this account is being offered, the initial and subsequent Dual Rate will always be 15%.
Protection Methods . For Indexed
Accounts with a Protection Level , the Protection Level is
the portion of any negative Index performance that will not impact your Contract Value if you hold until the End Date of the Segment. For example, if the Index return is -15%, and you have a 10% Protection
Level, your Contract Value will not be impacted by the first 10% of negative Index performance and we will deduct 5% at the end of the Indexed Term. Your Contract Value will not be impacted up to the amount of the
Protection Level you elect, and, after that, you will be impacted for the remaining portion of the loss. This loss will reduce the amount of your investment (principal) in the Indexed Segments. The Contract offers
Indexed Accounts with Protection Levels that protect you against losses of 10% to 100%. If you choose an Indexed Account with a Performance Cap, Participation Rate, or Performance Trigger Rate and a 10%
Protection Level, your Contract Value will not be impacted by the first 10% of negative Index performance if you stay invested until the End Date of the Segment. Any remaining negative percentage will be absorbed by you.
If you choose an Indexed Account with a 100% Protection Level, you will not lose any of your principal allocated to the Indexed Account if you stayed invested until the End Date of the Segment. If an Indexed
Account with Annual Locks is selected, the Protection Level is the percentage of the Index loss that will not impact your Indexed Crediting Base each year during the Indexed Term.
The Protection Level is not available on Dual Plus Indexed Accounts, but the Dual Rate itself may provide some protection from Index loss,
as discussed below.
We do not guarantee that the Contract will always offer Indexed Account that limit Index losses.
The following examples illustrate how we calculate and credit interest assuming hypothetical Index returns and hypothetical
lim
its on Index gains and losses. The examples assume no withdrawals.
For example:
Indexed Term Segment Start Date = 1/8/ 2025
Indexed Account = 1-Year Indexed Account with a 10% Protection Level
Index Value at beginning of term = 1,569
Indexed Crediting Base = $100,000
Indexed Term Segment End Date = 1/8/ 2026
Indexed Account = 1-Year Indexed Account with a 10% Protection Level
Index Value at beginning of term = 1,569
Indexed Crediting Base = $100,000
Indexed Term Segment End Date = 1/8/ 2026
32
Index Value at End Date = 1,333
Index Value percentage change = -15% ((1,333 – 1,569) / 1569)
Index Value percentage change = -15% ((1,333 – 1,569) / 1569)
Indexed Segment Maturity Value = $95,000 ($100,000 - $5,000)
Because your Contract Value is not impacted by the first 10% of the loss, you only experience a 5% loss (-15% Index Value per
centage change + 10% Protection Level = 5% loss) or $100,000 * 5.00% = $5,000.
The following year assuming you chose a new 1-Year Segment with a 10% Protection Level:
(The Indexed Segment Maturity Value is used to establish the Indexed Crediting Base for the new Indexed Segment.)
Indexed Term Segment Start Date = 1/8/ 2026
Indexed Crediting Base = $95,000
Indexed Term Segment End Date = 1/8/ 2027
Index Value at End Date = 1,298
Index Value percentage change = -3% ((1,298 – 1,333)/1,333)
Indexed Crediting Base = $95,000
Indexed Term Segment End Date = 1/8/ 2027
Index Value at End Date = 1,298
Index Value percentage change = -3% ((1,298 – 1,333)/1,333)
Indexed Segment Maturity Value = $95,000 ($95,000 - $0)
Because your Contract Value is not impacted by the first 10% of the loss, you experience no loss of Contract Value for this Segment because the
Index Value percentage change was less than the 10% Protection Level.
For the Dual Performance Trigger Indexed Accounts, the Protection Level is used to determine the Performance Rate on the End Date of the Segment
when there is negative Index performance. If the percentage change in the Index Value is negative but within the Protection Level, the Performance Rate is equal to the Dual Performance Trigger Rate. However, if the percentage
change in the Index Value has decreased by a greater percentage than the Protection Level then the amount of your investment in the Indexed Segment may be reduced. The Performance Rate would equal the percentage change in the
Index Value, plus the Dual Performance Trigger Rate, plus the Protection Level. The amount of loss or gain is dependent on the percentage change in the Index Value, the Dual Performance Trigger Rate and the Protection Level on the
Indexed Segment.
33
The following examples show the Performance Rate(s) based on the percentage change in the Index Value using a 6% Dual Performance Trigger Rate.
Dual Plus accounts do not include a Protection Level, but the Dual Rate itself may provide some protection. If Index
performance is down, your Performance Rate equals the Index performance plus the Dual Rate which may result in either a negative or positive return. For example, if the Index return is -10%
and you have a Dual Rate of 15%, we will credit 5% in interest at the end of the Indexed Term. If the Index return is -20% and you have a Dual Rate of 15%, we will deduct 5% in interest at the end of the Indexed Term.
The following examples show the Performance Rate(s) based on the percentage change in the Index Value and using a Dual Rate of 15%.
Crediting Method Considerations . We determine
Performance Caps, Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, Spread Rates and Dual Performance Trigger Rates for each new Indexed Segments at our discretion , subject to the guaranteed minimums .
We consider a number of factors when declaring Performance Caps, Participation
Rates, Performance Trigger Rates, Spread Rates and Dual Performance
Trigger Rates. Generally, we seek to manage our risk associated with our obligations, in part, by trading call and put options and other derivative instruments on the available Indices. The costs of these instruments impact the rates we declare, and those
costs can be impacted by the market conditions and forces. We also
consider sales commissions, administrative expenses,
34
regulatory and tax requirements, general economic trends and competitive factors. You bear the risk that we may declare lower Performance Caps, Participation Rates, Performance Trigger Rates and Dual Performance Trigger Rates and higher Spread Rates for future Indexed Segments, than your current Indexed Segments . Rates offered for
new Indexed Segments may be different from those offered to new investors or offered to you at Contract issuance .
You should choose a Crediting Method that is consistent with your risk tolerance and investment objectives. Generally, assuming the same
Index and Indexed Term length, an Indexed Account that provides less potential for Index gains will tend to have more protection from Index losses. Conversely, assuming the same Index and Indexed Term length, an Indexed
Account that provides more potential for Index gains will generally tend to have less protection from Index losses.
●
If you choose an Indexed Segment with a Performance Cap, and there is positive Index
performance, the Performance Rate we apply on the Indexed Segment End Date could be less than the actual Index performance. If the actual Index performance is greater than the Performance Cap, your
Performance Rate will be lower, possibly significantly lower, than the actual Index return.
●
If you choose an Indexed Segment with a Participation Rate, and there is positive Index
performance, the Performance Rate that we apply on the Indexed Segment End Date could be lower , possibly significantly lower , than the actual Index return.
●
If you choose an Indexed Segment with a Performance Trigger Rate, and there is positive
Index performance, the Performance Rate on the Indexed Segment End Date, could be lower, possibly significantly lower, than the actual Index return.
●
If you choose an Indexed Segment with an Annual Lock, and there is positive Index
performance, the Performance Rate on the Indexed Segment End Date could be less than the actual Index performance.
●
If you choose an Indexed Segment with a Dual Performance Trigger Rate, and there is
positive Index performance, the Performance Rate on the Indexed Segment End Date could be lower, possibly significantly lower, than the actual Index return.
●
If you choose an Indexed Segment with a Dual Rate and Performance Cap, and there is
positive Index performance, the Performance Rate we apply on the Indexed Segment End Date could be less than the actual Index performance. If the actual Index performance is greater than the
Performance Cap, your Performance Rate will be lower, possibly significantly lower, than the actual Index return.
Protection Method Considerations. We set the limit on
Index losses for each Indexed Account at our sole discretion. We consider various factors in determining the limit on Index losses, including the cost of our risk management techniques, sales commissions, administrative
expenses, regulatory and tax requirements, general economic trends and competitive factors.
You should choose a level of protection that is consistent with your risk tolerance and investment objectives.
Generally, assuming the same Index and Indexed Term, an Indexed Account that provides more protection from Index losses will tend to have less potential for Index gains. Conversely, assuming the same Index and
Indexed Term, an Indexed Account that provides less protection from Index losses will generally tend to have more potential for Index gains.
●
If you select an Indexed Segment with a Protection Level of a certain percentage and
there is a negative Index performance, we absorb the first portion of a negative Index performance up to the stated percentage and you bear the risk of loss after your chosen
Protection Level including the loss of any previously credited amount.
●
For accounts with a Performance Cap (with the exclusion of Dual Plus) ,
Participation Rate, or Performance Trigger Rate, if there is negative Index performance, we absorb the first portion of the negative performance up to the stated percentage and you bear the risk of loss after
your chosen Protection Level, including the loss of any previously credited amount.
●
For accounts with a Dual Performance Trigger Rate, if there is negative Index
performance, we absorb the first portion of the negative Index performance up to the stated percentage of the Protection Level. If there is negative Index performance beyond the
Protection Level, we continue to absorb the portion of the negative Index performance up to the stated percentage of the Dual Performance Trigger Rate. For example, if the Dual Performance Trigger Rate
is 5%, we would absorb the first 5% of loss beyond the Protection Level. You bear the risk of loss thereafter, including the loss of any previously credited amount.
●
For accounts with a Dual Rate, if the Index performance is negative, your Performance Rate
equals the Index performance plus the Dual Rate, which may result in either a negative or positive return.
Reallocation. You will be notified thirty days prior
to each Indexed Anniversary Date regarding the timing of investing in new Indexed Segments. The available Indexed Accounts and applicable Crediting Methods and Protection Methods will be provided at least
5 business days in advance of the Indexed Anniversary Date on LFG.com/leveladvantage or by calling 1-877-737-6872. To view the available Indexed Segments and the applicable rates, log in to your account at
LincolnFinancial.com and select Account Reallocation under Account Management. Current rates can also be found at www.lfg.com/llarates and are incorporated into this prospectus by reference. If your
existing Indexed Segment is at the end of the Indexed Term, you may reallocate the value of the Indexed Segment Maturity Value to any available Indexed Account or variable subaccount as long as the reallocation request is
received on or before the Indexed Anniversary Date. We will hold reallocation instructions for up to 25 calendar days prior to the Indexed Anniversary Date. The reallocation will take place on the Indexed
Anniversary Date. If we do not receive a reallocation notice from you, all Indexed Segments that are ending will invest into a new Indexed Segment with the same term, Index, and Protection Method as the
Indexed Segment in which they were previously invested and with the currently applicable Crediting Method (including the rate) for the new Segment. If the same type of Indexed Segment is no longer available, the
funds will be moved to LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund, and will not be eligible for allocation into an Indexed Account until the next Indexed Anniversary Date.
35
|
Reallocating To
|
Reallocating From
|
||
|
1-Year Term
|
3-Year Term
|
6-Year Term
|
|
|
1-Year Term
|
Allowed on any
Indexed Anniversary Date
|
Allowed on any
Indexed Anniversary Date
|
Allowed on any
Indexed Anniversary Date
|
|
3-Year Term
|
Allowed only on every 3 rd
Indexed Anniversary Date
|
Allowed only on every 3 rd
Indexed Anniversary Date
|
Allowed only on every 3 rd
Indexed Anniversary Date
|
|
6-Year Term
|
Allowed only on every 6 th
Indexed Anniversary Date
|
Allowed only on every 6 th
Indexed Anniversary Date
|
Allowed only on every 6 th
Indexed Anniversary Date
|
Interim Value. The Interim Value is a daily value we
calculate to provide you with a value of your Indexed Segment after the Start Date and before the End Date of an Indexed Term. The Contract Value for an Indexed Segment is equal to the Interim Value on each Valuation
Date except the End Date. The Interim Value is used to calculate amounts available for withdrawal, surrender, transfer (including advisory fee deductions, any premium tax or rider charge deductions), reallocation,
annuitization or payment of a death claim for each day during an Indexed Term other than the End Date . The Interim Value also is used to determine how much the Indexed Crediting Base will be reduced
after a transfer or withdrawal. See Surrenders and Withdrawals. Once you reach the End Date of the Indexed Term, there is no Interim Value, and the actual performance will be credited to or deducted from your Indexed
Segment based on the Performance Rate associated with the Crediting Methods you have chosen. The Interim Value calculation will vary depending on the Indexed Account selected.
The Interim Value calculation is designed to represent the fair value of the Indexed Segment on each business day, taking into account the potential
gain or loss of the applicable Index at the end of the Indexed Term, including the impacts of the Crediting Method you have chosen. The calculation is also designed to reflect the change in fair value due to economic factors,
including, but not limited to, the impact of market rates, volatility, and correlation (if applicable) of the investment instruments supporting the Contract. The Interim Value is based on this calculation and not the actual value
of any underlying investments or the current value of any Index.
The specifics of the Interim Value calculation are in the SAI .
If you withdraw Contract Value prior to the End Date of an Indexed Term, the withdrawal will cause an immediate reduction in your Crediting Base in
a proportion equal to the reduction in your Interim Value. A proportional reduction could be larger than the dollar amount of your withdrawal. Reductions in your Crediting Base will negatively impact your Interim Value for the
remainder of the Indexed Term and will result in a lower Segment Maturity Value at the end of the Indexed Term. Once your Crediting Base is reduced due to a withdrawal during any Indexed Term, you cannot increase it during the
remainder of the Indexed Term. The Interim Value and Indexed Crediting Base are available on your online account or by calling us at 1-877-737-6872.
Refer to the Surrender and Withdrawal section for information about the Interim Value and how surrenders or withdrawals are calculated.
Discontinuation or Substitution of an Index. We have the right
to discontinue or substitute an existing Index for a comparable Index prior to the Indexed Segment End Date for reasons, such as, but not limited to:
●
An Index is discontinued;
●
We are engaged in a contractual dispute with the Index provider;
●
We determine that our use of an Index should be discontinued because, for example, changes
to the Index make it impractical or expensive to purchase securities or derivatives to hedge the Index;
●
There is a substantial change in the calculation of an Index, resulting in significantly
different values and performance; or
●
A legal reason we cannot offer the Index.
Although we will attempt to choose a new Index that has a similar investment objective and risk profile to the existing Index, there is risk that
the performance of the new Index may not be as good as the performance of the existing Index. As a result, funds allocated to the substituted Index may earn a return that is lower than the return they would have earned if the
Index were not substituted. If we substitute an Index, we will notify you at least 30 days in advance of the substitution.
We would attempt to choose a new Index that has a similar investment objective and risk profile to the original Index. The selection criteria for a
suitable alternative Index includes, but is not limited to, the following:
●
There is a sufficiently large market in exchange traded and/or over-the-counter options,
futures and similar derivative instruments based on the Index to allow the company to hedge crediting rates;
●
The Index is recognized as a broad-based Index for the relevant market;
●
We can offer the same Crediting Method or Protection Method on the
substitute Index; and
●
The publisher of the Index permits the use of the Index in the Contract and other
materials for a reasonable fee.
36
If we substitute an Index during an Indexed Term, we will combine the return of the replaced Index from the Indexed Start Date to the substitution
date with the return of the new Index from the substitution date to the end of the Indexed Term. The Indexed Term, and all applicable rates for the affected Indexed Segment, including the Crediting Method or Protection
Method will not change due to the substitution of an Index during the Indexed Term.
If an Index is discontinued and a similar Index cannot be found or if we cannot offer the same Crediting Method or Protection Method ,
the Indexed Segment will end and the Interim Value on the Valuation Date the Index is discontinued will be used. Lincoln will automatically move the funds to the LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund, and the funds will
not be eligible for allocation into an Indexed Account until the next Indexed Anniversary Date.
Investments of the Variable Annuity Account
You decide the Subaccount(s) to which you allocate Purchase Payments. There is a separate Subaccount which corresponds to each class of
each fund. Contract Value allocated to a Subaccount will vary based on the investment experience of the corresponding fund in which the Subaccount option invests. There is a risk of loos of the entire amount
invested. You may change your allocation without penalty or charges. Shares of the funds will be sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge to the VAA in order to fund the contracts. The funds are
required to redeem fund shares at net asset value upon our request.
Descriptions of the Funds
Information regarding each fund, including (1) its name, (2) its type or investment objective, (3) its investment adviser and any sub-investment
adviser, (4) current expenses, and (5) performance is available in Appendix A: Investment Options Available Under The
Contract. Each fund has issued a prospectus that contains more detailed information about the fund. Paper or electronic copies of the fund prospectuses may
be obtained by contacting our Home Office or visiting www.lfg.com/VAprospectus.
Certain Payments We Receive with Regard to the Funds
We (and/or our affiliates) incur expenses in promoting, marketing, and administering the contracts and the underlying funds. With respect to a fund,
including affiliated funds, the adviser and/or distributor, or an affiliate thereof, may make payments to us (or an affiliate) for certain services we provide on behalf of the funds. Such services include, but are not limited to,
recordkeeping; aggregating and processing purchase and redemption orders; providing Contractowners with statements showing their interests within the funds; processing dividend payments; providing subaccounting services; and
forwarding shareholder communications, such as proxies, shareholder reports, tax notices, and printing and delivering prospectuses and updates to Contractowners. It is anticipated that such payments will be based on a percentage
of assets of the particular fund attributable to the contracts along with certain other variable contracts issued or administered by us (or an affiliate). These percentages are negotiated and vary with each fund. Some advisers
and/or distributors may pay us significantly more than other advisors and/or distributors and the amount we receive may be substantial. These percentages currently range up to 0.30%, and as of the date of this prospectus, we were
receiving payments from most fund families. We (or our affiliates) may profit from these payments. These payments may be derived, in whole or in part, from the investment advisory fee deducted from fund assets. Contractowners,
through their indirect investment in the funds, bear the costs of these investment advisory fees (see the funds' prospectuses for more information). Additionally, a fund's adviser and/or distributor or its affiliates may provide
us with certain services that assist us in the distribution of the contracts and may pay us and/or certain affiliates amounts for marketing programs and sales support, as well as amounts to participate in training and sales
meetings.
In addition to the payments described above, all of the funds offered as part of this Contract make payments to us under their distribution plans
(12b-1 plans) for the marketing and distribution of fund shares. The payment rates range up to 0.35% based on the amount of assets invested in those funds. Payments made out of the assets of the fund will reduce the amount of
assets that otherwise would be available for investment, and will reduce the fund's investment return. The dollar amount of future asset-based fees is not predictable because these fees are a percentage of the fund's average net
assets, which can fluctuate over time. If, however, the value of the fund goes up, then so would the payment to us (or our affiliates). Conversely, if the value of the funds goes down, payments to us or our affiliates would
decrease.
Selection of the Funds
We select the funds offered through the contract based on several factors, including, without limitation, asset class coverage, the strength of the
manager’s reputation and tenure, brand recognition, performance, the capability and qualification of each sponsoring investment firm, and whether the fund is affiliated with us.
As noted above, a factor we may consider during the initial selection process is whether the fund (or an affiliate, investment adviser or
distributor of the fund) being evaluated is an affiliate of ours and whether we are compensated for providing administrative, marketing, and/or support services that would otherwise be provided by the fund, its investment adviser
or its distributor.
37
Some funds pay us significantly more than others and the amount we receive may be substantial. We often receive more revenue from an affiliated
fund than one that is not affiliated with us. These factors give us an incentive to select a fund that yields more revenue, and this is often an affiliated fund.
We may also consider the ability of the fund to help manage volatility and our risks associated with the guarantees we provide under the Contract
and under optional riders.
We review each fund periodically after it is selected. We reserve the right to remove a fund or restrict allocation of additional Purchase Payments
to a fund if we determine the fund no longer meets one or more of the factors and/or if the fund has not attracted significant Contractowner assets.
Finally, when we develop a variable annuity product in cooperation with a fund family or distributor (e.g., a “private label” product), we generally
will include funds based on recommendations made by the fund family or distributor, whose selection criteria may differ from our selection criteria. Certain funds offered as part of this Contract have similar investment objectives
and policies to other portfolios managed by the adviser. The investment results of the funds, however, may be higher or lower than the other portfolios that are managed by the adviser or sub-adviser. There can be no assurance, and
no representation is made, that the investment results of any of the funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other portfolio managed by the adviser or sub-adviser, if applicable.
Certain funds invest their assets in other funds. As a result, you will pay fees and expenses at both fund levels. This will reduce your investment
return. These arrangements are referred to as funds of funds or master-feeder funds, which may have higher expenses than funds that invest directly in debt or equity securities. An adviser affiliated with us manages some of the
available funds of funds. Our affiliates may promote the benefits of such funds to Contractowners and/or suggest that Contractowners consider whether allocating some or all of their Contract Value to such portfolios is consistent
with their desired investment objectives. In doing so, we may be subject to conflicts of interest insofar as we may derive greater revenues from the affiliated fund of funds than certain other funds available to you under your
Contract.
Fund Shares
We will purchase shares of the funds at net asset value and direct them to the appropriate Subaccounts of the VAA. We will redeem sufficient shares
of the appropriate funds to pay Annuity Payouts, Death Benefits, surrender/withdrawal proceeds or for other purposes described in the Contract. If you want to transfer all or part of your investment from one Subaccount to another,
we may redeem shares held in the first Subaccount and purchase shares of the other. Redeemed shares are retired, but they may be reissued later.
Shares of the funds are not sold directly to the general public. They are sold to us, and may be sold to other insurance companies, for investment
of the assets of the Subaccounts established by those insurance companies to fund variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts.
Reinvestment of Dividends and Capital Gain Distributions
All dividends and capital gain distributions of the funds are automatically reinvested in shares of the distributing funds at their net asset value
on the date of distribution. Dividends are not paid out to Contractowners as additional units, but are reflected as changes in unit values.
Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments
We reserve the right, within the law, to make certain changes to the structure and operation of the VAA at our discretion and
without your consent. We may add, delete, or substitute funds for all Contractowners or only for certain classes of Contractowners. New or substitute funds may have
different fees and expenses, and may only be offered to certain classes of Contractowners.
Substitutions may be made with respect to existing investments or the investment of future Purchase Payments, or both. In the event of a
substitution, the Contract Value allocated to the existing fund will be allocated to the substitute fund. Any future allocations to the substitute fund will automatically be allocated according to the instructions we have on file
for you unless otherwise instructed by you. If we don’t have instructions from you on file, your Purchase Payments will be allocated to the substitute fund.
We may close Subaccounts to allocations of Purchase Payments or Contract Value, or both, at any time in our sole discretion. The funds, which sell
their shares to the Subaccounts pursuant to participation agreements, also may terminate these agreements and discontinue offering their shares to the Subaccounts. In the event of a fund closure, any Contract Value you have
invested in the closed fund will remain in that fund until you transfer it elsewhere. Any future allocation to the closed fund will be allocated in accordance with the instructions we have on file for you unless you instruct us
otherwise.
In addition, a Subaccount may become unavailable due to the liquidation of its underlying fund portfolio. To the extent permitted by applicable law,
upon notice to you and unless you otherwise instruct us, we will re-allocate any Contract Value in the liquidated fund to the money market subaccount. Any future allocations to the liquidated fund will automatically be allocated
according to the instructions we have on file for you unless you instruct us otherwise.
38
From time to time, certain underlying funds may merge with other funds. If a merger of an underlying fund occurs, the Contract Value allocated to
the existing fund will be merged into the surviving underlying fund. Any future allocations, including future Purchase Payments, to the merged fund will automatically be allocated to the surviving underlying fund unless you instruct
us otherwise.
We may also:
●
remove, combine, or add Subaccounts and make the new Subaccounts available to you at our
discretion;
●
transfer assets supporting the contracts from one Subaccount to another or from the VAA to
another separate account;
●
combine the VAA with other separate accounts and/or create new separate accounts;
●
deregister the VAA under the 1940 Act; and
●
operate the VAA as a management investment company under the 1940 Act or as any other form
permitted by law.
We may modify the provisions of the contracts to reflect changes to the Subaccounts and the VAA and to comply with applicable law. We will not make
any changes without any necessary approval by the SEC. We will also provide you written notice.
Charges and Adjustments
We will deduct the charges described below to cover our costs and expenses, services provided and risks assumed under the contracts. We incur
certain costs and expenses for the distribution and administration of the contracts and for providing the benefits payable thereunder.
Our administrative services include:
●
processing applications for and issuing contracts;
●
processing purchases and redemptions of fund shares and from Indexed Accounts as required
(including portfolio rebalancing, and automatic withdrawal services if available – See Additional Services and the SAI for more information on these programs);
●
maintaining records;
●
administering Annuity Payouts;
●
furnishing accounting and valuation services (including the calculation and monitoring of
daily Subaccount values, Indexed Contract Values and Interim Values);
●
reconciling and depositing cash receipts;
●
providing contract confirmations;
●
providing toll-free inquiry services; and
●
furnishing telephone and other electronic surrenders, withdrawals and fund transfer
services.
The risks we assume include:
●
the risk that Annuitants upon which Annuity Payouts are based live longer than we assumed
when we calculated our guaranteed rates (these rates are stated in the Contract and cannot be changed);
●
the risk that our costs in providing the services will exceed our revenues from contract
charges (which we cannot change);
●
the risks related to supporting and replicating Indexed Account performance with our
assets; and
●
the risk that Death Benefits paid will exceed the actual Contract Value.
The amount of a charge may not necessarily correspond to the costs associated with providing the services or benefits indicated by the description
of the charge. Any remaining expenses will be paid from our general account which may consist, among other things, of proceeds derived from the base contract expenses deducted from the account. We may profit from one or more of
the fees and charges deducted under the Contract and from amounts earned on the Indexed Accounts. We may use these profits for any corporate purpose, including financing the distribution of the Contracts.
Obligations under the Contracts that are funded by our general account (rather than the Variable Annuity Account) include (1) the obligation to make
lifetime or other benefit payments under Living Benefit Riders that exceed the Contract Value; (2) the obligation to pay Death Benefits that exceed the Contract Value; (3) the obligation to pay Annuity Payouts that exceed the
Contract Value. Payment of these benefits and obligations is subject to our claims-paying ability and financial strength. We are also responsible for providing for all of the administrative services necessary in connection with
the Contracts (and bearing all of the associated expenses).
39
Deductions from the VAA (Base Contract Expense)
A charge is applied to the average daily net asset value of the Subaccounts, which is equal to an annual rate of:
|
|
|
|
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
|
0.30
%*
|
|
Account Value Death Benefit
|
0.10
%
|
*0.10% of the Product Charge is attributable to an administrative charge, and the remaining amount is attributable to a mortality and
expense risk charge.
Contract Adjustments
If you make any withdrawals (including surrender or termination of your Contract), reallocate Contract Value from an Indexed Segment,
annuitize your Contract or upon payment of a death benefit from an Indexed Segment on any date prior to the Segment End Date, your Contract Value in the Indexed Segment will be its Interim Value. You could lose a
significant amount of money due to Contract Adjustments based on Interim Values if amounts are removed from an Indexed Segment prior to the Segment End Date. Your Interim Value may be less than the amount invested
and may be less than the amount you would receive had you held the investment in the Indexed Segment until the Segment End Date. Under extreme conditions, a negative Contract Adjustment based on Interim Values
could result in a loss of up to 100% of your Contract Value.
The Interim Value calculation is designed to represent the fair value of the Indexed Segment on each business day, taking into account the
potential gain or loss of the applicable Index at the end of the Indexed Term, including the impacts of the Crediting Method as well as Protection Method you have chosen. The calculation is also designed to reflect the
change in fair value due to economic factors, including, but not limited to, the impact of market rates, volatility, and correlation (if applicable) of the investment instruments supporting the Contract. The
Interim Value is based on this calculation and not the actual value of any underlying investments or the current value of any Index. The use of Interim Values transfers risk from us to you to protect us from losses on our
investments supporting the Indexed Crediting Rate strategies if amounts are removed prematurely.
For more information about the Interim Value, including examples illustrating the operation of the Interim Values, please see the Statement
of Additional Information.
If you withdraw Contract Value prior to the End Date of an Indexed Term, the withdrawal will cause an immediate reduction in your Crediting
Base in a proportion equal to the reduction in your Interim Value. A proportional reduction could be larger than the dollar amount of your withdrawal. Reductions in your Crediting Base will negatively impact your Interim
Value for the remainder of the Indexed Term and will result in a lower Segment Maturity Value at the end of the Indexed Term. Once your Crediting Base is reduced due to a withdrawal during any Indexed Term, you
cannot increase it during the remainder of the Indexed Term. The Interim Value and Indexed Crediting Base are available on your online account or by calling us at 1-877-737-6872.
Rider Charge
i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage Charge. While this rider is in effect, there is a charge for i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage. The current annual rider charge rate
is 0.40%. This charge is in addition to the applicable Death Benefit charge assessed against the Subaccounts. This charge is based on your Account Value at the beginning of the Rider Year less the Periodic Income Payment(s) for
that year. The charge will be deducted from the Account Value in a lump sum at the end of each Rider Anniversary beginning with the first Rider Year anniversary. This deduction will be made proportionately from Subaccount(s) and
the Indexed Segment(s), and then from the Periodic Income Payment Account, if the value of the Subaccounts and the Indexed Segments has reached zero. During the Lifetime Income Period, the charge will reduce the Periodic Income
Payment for each Indexed Segment, and the mortality and expense risk and administrative charge for the variable payments will be 1.50%.
The rider charge will be discontinued upon termination of the rider. A portion of the rider charge, based on the number of days the rider was in
effect that Rider Year, will be deducted upon termination of the rider (except for death) or surrender of the Contract.
Deductions for Premium Taxes
Any premium tax or other tax levied by any governmental entity as a result of the existence of the contracts or the VAA will be deducted from the
Contract Value, unless the governmental entity dictates otherwise, when incurred, or at another time of our choosing.
The applicable premium tax rates that states and other governmental entities impose on the purchase of an annuity are subject to change by
legislation, by administrative interpretation or by judicial action. These premium tax rates generally depend upon the law of your state of residence. The tax rates range from zero to 5%.
Other Charges and Deductions
The contract expense 0.10% will be assessed on all variable Annuity Payouts, except for i4LIFE® Indexed
Advantage, which has a different charge, including options that may be offered that do not have a life contingency and therefore no mortality risk. This charge
40
covers the expense risk and administrative services listed previously in this prospectus. The expense risk is the risk that our costs in
providing the services will exceed our revenues from contract charges.
There are additional deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the underlying funds that are more fully described in the prospectuses
for the funds. Among these deductions and expenses are 12b-1 fees which reimburse us or an affiliate for certain expenses incurred in connection with certain administrative and distribution support services provided to the funds.
Additional Information
The charges described previously may be reduced or eliminated for any particular contract. However, these reductions may be available only to the
extent that we anticipate lower distribution and/or administrative expenses, or that we perform fewer sales or administrative services than those originally contemplated in establishing the level of those charges, or when required
by law. Lower distribution and administrative expenses may be the result of economies associated with:
●
the use of mass enrollment procedures,
●
the performance of administrative or sales functions by the employer,
●
the use by an employer of automated techniques in submitting deposits or information
related to deposits on behalf of its employees,
●
the issue of a new Lincoln variable annuity contract with the proceeds from the surrender
of an existing Lincoln variable annuity contract, if available with your broker-dealer and in your state, or
●
any other circumstances which reduce distribution or administrative expenses.
The exact amount of charges and fees applicable to a particular contract will be stated in that contract.
The Contracts
Purchase of Contracts
This Contract is issued as part of a Fee-Based Financial Plan. A Fee-Based Financial Plan generally refers to a wrap account, managed account
or other investment program whereby an investment firm/professional offers asset allocation and/or investment advice for a fee. Such programs can be offered by broker-dealers, banks and registered investment advisers,
trust companies and other firms. Under this arrangement, the Contractowner pays the investment firm/professional directly for services. You may be able to pay this fee by taking Advisory Fee Withdrawals from your
Contract Value. If you elect to pay third-party advisory fees out of your Contract Value, each deduction will be treated as a withdrawal and will reduce your Death Benefit. In addition, each deduction will be
treated as an early withdrawal and may be subject to a negative Contract Adjustment and may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax. See Federal Tax Matters – Payment of
Investment Advisory Fees.
If you wish to purchase a Contract, you must apply for it through a financial professional authorized by us. The completed application is sent to us
and we decide whether to accept or reject it. If the application is accepted, a Contract is prepared and executed by our legally authorized officers. The Contract is then sent to you either directly or through your financial
professional. See Distribution of the Contracts. The purchase of multiple contracts with identical Contractowners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries will be allowed only upon Home Office approval.
When a completed application and all other information necessary for processing a purchase order is received in Good Order at our Home Office, an
initial Purchase Payment will be priced no later than two business days after we receive the order. If you submit your application and/or initial Purchase Payment to your financial professional, we will not begin processing your
purchase order until we receive the application and initial Purchase Payment from your financial professional’s broker-dealer. While attempting to finish an incomplete application, we may hold the initial Purchase Payment for no
more than five business days unless we receive your consent to retain the payment until the application is completed. If the incomplete application cannot be completed within those five days and we have not received your consent,
you will be informed of the reasons, and the Purchase Payment will be returned immediately. Once the application is complete, we will allocate your initial Purchase Payment within two business days.
Who Can Invest
To apply for a contract, you must be of legal age in a state where the contracts may be lawfully sold and also be eligible to participate in any of
the qualified or nonqualified plans for which the contracts are designed. At the time of issue, the Contractowner, joint owner and Annuitant must be under age 86. The oldest of the Contractowner, joint owner, and Annuitant must be
under age 76 to elect the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit. Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record
information that identifies each person who opens an account in an effort to help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities. When you open an account, we will ask for your name, address, date of
birth, and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver's license, photo i.d. or other identifying documents.
41
In accordance with anti-money laundering laws and federal economic sanction policy, the Company may be required in a given instance to reject a
Purchase Payment and/or freeze a Contractowner’s account. This means we could refuse to honor requests for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders or Death Benefits. Once frozen, monies would be moved from the VAA and Indexed Account to
an interest-bearing account maintained solely for the Contractowner, and held in that account until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator.
Do not purchase the Contract if you plan to use it, or any of its riders, for speculation, arbitrage, viatical arrangement, or other similar
investment scheme. The Contract may not be resold, traded on any stock exchange, or sold on any secondary market.
If you are purchasing the Contract through a tax-favored arrangement, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs, you should consider carefully the
costs and benefits of the Contract (including annuity income benefits) before purchasing the Contract, since the tax-favored arrangement itself provides tax-deferred growth.
Replacement of Existing Insurance
Careful consideration should be given prior to surrendering or withdrawing money from an existing insurance contract to purchase a Contract
described in this prospectus. Surrender charges may be imposed on your existing contract. The benefits offered under this Contract may be less favorable or more favorable than the benefits offered under your current contract. It
also may have different charges. You should also consult with your financial professional and/or your tax advisor prior to making an exchange. Cash surrenders from an existing contract may be subject to tax and tax penalties.
Purchase Payments
You may make Purchase Payments to the Contract at any time, prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, subject to certain conditions. You are
not required to make any additional Purchase Payments after the initial Purchase Payment. The minimum initial Purchase Payment is $25,000. Please check with your financial professional about making additional
Purchase Payments since the requirements of your state may vary. The minimum payment to the Contract at any one time must be at least $100 ($25 if transmitted electronically). If a Purchase Payment is submitted
that does not meet the minimum amount, we will contact you to ask whether additional money will be sent, or whether we should return the Purchase Payment to you.
Purchase Payments totaling $2 million or more are subject to Home Office approval. This amount takes into consideration the total Purchase
Payments for all existing Lincoln Level Advantage ® and Lincoln Level Advantage 2 ® contracts for the same Contractowner, joint owner, and/or Annuitant. If you
stop making Purchase Payments, the Contract will remain in force, however, we may terminate the Contract as allowed by your state's non-forfeiture law for individual deferred annuities. Purchase Payments may be made or,
if stopped, resumed at any time until the Annuity Commencement Date, the surrender of the Contract, or the death of the Contractowner, whichever comes first.
In addition to the specific Purchase Payment restrictions and limitations immediately above, upon advance written notice, we reserve the
right to further limit, restrict, or suspend Purchase Payments made to the Contract. State variations may also apply.
These restrictions and limitations will limit your ability to increase your Contract Value (or Account Value under i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage) by making additional Purchase Payments to the Contract. You should carefully consider these limitations and restrictions, and any other limitations and restrictions of the Contract,
and how they may impact your long-term investment plans, especially if you intend to increase Contract Value (or Account Value under i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage) by making additional Purchase Payments
over a long period of time.
Valuation Date
Accumulation and Annuity Units and Indexed Segments will be valued once daily at the close of trading (normally, 4:00 p.m., New York time) on each
day the New York Stock Exchange is open (Valuation Date). On any date other than a Valuation Date, the Accumulation Unit value, the Annuity Unit value, and value of the Indexed Segment will not change.
Allocation of Purchase Payments
Purchase Payments will be allocated, according to your instructions, among one or more of the investment options available under your Contract.
Allocations made to the variable side of the contract are placed into the VAA’s Subaccounts. You may also allocate Purchase Payments to the available Indexed Accounts.
Allocations to the Subaccounts. The minimum amount that can be
put into any one Subaccount is $20. Purchase Payments received from you or your financial professional in Good Order at our Home Office prior to the close of the New York Stock Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m., New York time), will be
processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on that Valuation Date. Purchase Payments received in Good Order after market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date.
Purchase Payments submitted to your financial professional will generally not be processed until they are received from your financial professional’s broker-dealer. Purchase Payments submitted to us by your financial professional
through the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation (DTCC) or, pursuant to terms agreeable to us, uses a proprietary order placement system to submit your Purchase Payment to us, and your Purchase Payment was placed with your
financial professional prior to market close, then we will use
42
the Accumulation Unit value computed on that Valuation Date when processing your Purchase Payment. Purchase Payments placed with your financial
professional after market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date. There may be circumstances under which the New York Stock Exchange may close early (prior to 4:00 p.m., New
York time). In such instances, Purchase Payments received after such early market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date.
The number of Accumulation Units determined in this way is not impacted by any subsequent change in the value of an Accumulation Unit. However, the
dollar value of an Accumulation Unit will vary depending not only upon how well the underlying fund’s investments perform, but also upon the expenses of the VAA and the underlying funds.
Allocations to the Indexed Accounts. The minimum amount that may
be allocated into an Indexed Account is $2,000. An initial Purchase Payment that is received in Good Order at our Home Office prior to the close of the New York Stock Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m., New York time) will be allocated
to the Indexed Accounts according to your instructions. The date this initial allocation occurs is the first date of the Indexed Term and the Indexed Anniversary Date. Allocations cannot be made on February 29th. After the Indexed Anniversary Date is established, that is the only
date each year that allocations can be invested in the Indexed Accounts. If additional Purchase Payments for the Indexed Accounts are received prior to the Indexed Anniversary Date, these Purchase Payments must be accompanied with
instructions to invest in a variable Subaccount until the Purchase Payment can be allocated to the Indexed Account. We will hold allocation instructions for the Indexed Accounts for up to 25 calendar days prior to the Indexed
Anniversary Date.
A rate hold is available for Purchase Payments received within thirty days from the date your application is received at our Home Office. The rate
hold will provide the Crediting Method and Protection Level for your elected Indexed Accounts that were in effect on the date your application was received by us. If you elect the rate hold, all Purchase Payments received during
the 30-day rate hold period will be held in a non-interest bearing transfer account before being allocated to the Indexed Account(s) selected. Purchase Payments received after day 30 will be allocated to the variable Subaccounts
you selected. If no variable Subaccounts were selected, these Purchase Payments will be allocated to the LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund. You can allocate to Indexed Accounts on the next Indexed Anniversary Date.
If all Purchase Payments are not received during the 30-day rate hold period, the Company may allow you to cancel the rate hold and to authorize us
to delay the transfer to the Indexed Account(s) for up to 60 days from the date that the application is received at our Home Office. These funds would continue to be held in the non-interest bearing transfer account. When the
transfer to the Indexed Account(s) occurs, it would be at the current rates for each Segment. Current rates are available on our website at www.lfg.com/llarates. Purchase Payments received after 60 days will be allocated to the
variable Subaccounts you selected. If no variable Subaccounts were selected, these Purchase Payments will be allocation to the LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund.
Valuation of Accumulation Units
Purchase Payments allocated to the VAA are converted into Accumulation Units. This is done by dividing the amount allocated by the value of an
Accumulation Unit for the Valuation Period during which the Purchase Payments are allocated to the VAA. The Accumulation Unit value for each Subaccount was or will be established at the inception of the Subaccount. It may increase
or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation Period. Accumulation Unit values are affected by investment performance of the funds, fund expenses, and the contract charges. The Accumulation Unit value for a Subaccount for a later
Valuation Period is determined as follows:
1.
The total value of the fund shares held in the Subaccount is calculated by multiplying the
number of fund shares owned by the Subaccount at the beginning of the Valuation Period by the net asset value per share of the fund at the end of the Valuation Period, and adding any dividend or other distribution of the fund if
an ex-dividend date occurs during the Valuation Period; minus
2.
The liabilities of the Subaccount at the end of the Valuation Period; these liabilities
include daily charges imposed on the Subaccount, and may include a charge or credit with respect to any taxes paid or reserved for by us that we determine result from the operations of the VAA; and
3.
The result is divided by the number of Subaccount units outstanding at the beginning of
the Valuation Period.
The daily charges imposed on a Subaccount for any Valuation Period are equal to the daily Product Charge multiplied by the number of calendar days
in the Valuation Period. Contracts with different features have different daily charges, and therefore, will have different corresponding Accumulation Unit values on any given day. In certain circumstances (for example, when
separate account assets are less than $1,000), and when permitted by law, it may be prudent for us to use a different standard industry method for this calculation, called the Net Investment Factor method. We will achieve
substantially the same result using either method.
Transfers On or Before the Annuity Commencement Date
After the first 30 days from the effective date of your Contract, you may transfer all or a portion of your investment from one Subaccount to
another. A transfer among Subaccounts involves the surrender of Accumulation Units in one Subaccount and the purchase of Accumulation Units in the other Subaccount. A transfer will be done using the respective Accumulation Unit
values determined at the end of the Valuation Date on which the transfer request is received.
43
Transfers (among the Subaccounts and as permitted between the Subaccounts and Indexed Accounts) are limited to 12 per Contract Year unless
otherwise authorized by us. This limit does not apply to transfers made under the automatic transfer programs of portfolio rebalancing elected on forms available from us. See Additional Services and the SAI for more information on
these programs. These transfer rights and restrictions also apply during the i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage Access Period (the time period during which you may make withdrawals from the i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage Account Value). See i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage.
Transfers into a new Indexed Account are only available on the Indexed Anniversary Date. Transfers are not allowed into an existing Indexed Segment.
Transfers from Indexed Segments prior to the end of the Indexed Term will be valued at the Interim Value. In addition, the Indexed Crediting Base is reduced proportionately by the amount that the transfer reduced the Interim
Value. You cannot transfer an amount greater than your Interim Value.
The minimum amount which may be transferred between Subaccounts is $300 (or the entire amount in the Subaccount, if less than $300). If the transfer
from a Subaccount would leave you with less than $300 in the Subaccount, we may transfer the total balance of the Subaccount.
A transfer request may be made to our Home Office in writing, or by fax or other electronic means. A transfer request may also be made by telephone
provided the appropriate authorization is on file with us. Our address, telephone number, and Internet address are on the first page of this prospectus. Requests for transfers will be processed on the Valuation Date that they are
received when they are received in Good Order at our Home Office before the close of the New York Stock Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m., New York time). If we receive a transfer request in Good Order after market close, we will
process the request using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date.
There may be circumstances under which the New York Stock Exchange may close early (prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time). In such instances transfers
received after such early market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date. We will hold a transfer request to move Contract Value from the Subaccounts to the Indexed Accounts
for up to 25 days prior to the Indexed Anniversary Date. During this time, your assets will remain in the Subaccounts previously selected by you.
We may defer or reject a transfer request that is subject to a restriction imposed by an underlying fund.
Transfers may be delayed as permitted by the 1940 Act. See Delay of Payments.
Telephone and Electronic Transactions
A surrender, withdrawal, or transfer request may be made to our Home Office in writing or by fax. These transactions may also be made by telephone
or other electronic means, provided the appropriate authorization is on file with us. In order to prevent unauthorized or fraudulent transfers, we may require certain identifying information before we will act upon instructions.
We may also assign the Contractowner a Personal Identification Number (PIN) to serve as identification. We will not be liable for following instructions we reasonably believe are genuine. Telephone and other electronic requests
will be recorded and written confirmation of all transactions will be mailed or sent electronically to the Contractowner on the next Valuation Date.
Please note that the telephone and/or electronic devices may not always be available. Any telephone, fax machine, or other electronic device,
whether it is yours, your service provider’s, or your financial professional’s, can experience outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. These outages or slowdowns may delay or prevent our processing of your request. Although
we have taken precautions to limit these problems, we cannot promise complete reliability under all circumstances. If you are experiencing problems, you should make your request by writing to our Home Office.
Market Timing
Frequent, large, or short-term transfers among Subaccounts, such as those associated with “market timing” transactions, can affect the funds and
their investment returns. Such transfers may dilute the value of the fund shares, interfere with the efficient management of the fund's portfolio, and increase brokerage and administrative costs of the funds. As an effort to
protect our Contractowners and the funds from potentially harmful trading activity, we utilize certain market timing policies and procedures (the “Market Timing Procedures”). Our Market Timing Procedures are designed to detect and
prevent such transfer activity among the Subaccounts and the Indexed Accounts that may affect other Contractowners or fund shareholders.
In addition, the funds may have adopted their own policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of their respective
shares. The prospectuses for the funds describe any such policies and procedures, which may be more or less restrictive than the frequent trading policies and procedures of other funds and the Market Timing Procedures we have
adopted to discourage frequent transfers among Subaccounts. While we reserve the right to enforce these policies and procedures, Contractowners and other persons with interests under the Contracts should be aware that we may not
have the contractual authority or the operational capacity to apply the frequent trading policies and procedures of the funds. However, under SEC rules, we are required to: (1) enter into a written agreement with each fund or its
principal underwriter that obligates us to provide to the fund promptly upon request certain information about the trading activity of individual Contractowners, and (2) execute instructions from the fund to restrict or prohibit
further purchases or transfers by specific Contractowners who violate the excessive trading policies established by the fund.
44
You should be aware that the purchase and redemption orders received by the funds generally are “omnibus” orders from intermediaries such as
retirement plans or separate accounts funding variable insurance contracts. The omnibus orders reflect the aggregation and netting of multiple orders from individual retirement plan participants and/or individual owners of variable
insurance contracts. The omnibus nature of these orders may limit the funds’ ability to apply their respective disruptive trading policies and procedures. We cannot guarantee that the funds (and thus our Contractowners) will not be
harmed by transfer activity relating to the retirement plans and/or other insurance companies that may invest in the funds. In addition, if a fund believes that an omnibus order we submit may reflect one or more transfer requests
from Contractowners engaged in disruptive trading activity, the fund may reject the entire omnibus order.
Our Market Timing Procedures detect potential “market timers” by examining the number of transfers made by Contractowners within given periods of
time. In addition, managers of the funds might contact us if they believe or suspect that there is market timing. If requested by a fund company, we may vary our Market Timing Procedures from Subaccount to Subaccount to comply
with specific fund policies and procedures.
We may increase our monitoring of Contractowners who we have previously identified as market timers. When applying the parameters used to detect
market timers, we will consider multiple contracts owned by the same Contractowner if that Contractowner has been identified as a market timer. For each Contractowner, we will investigate the transfer patterns that meet the
parameters being used to detect potential market timers. We will also investigate any patterns of trading behavior identified by the funds that may not have been captured by our Market Timing Procedures.
Once a Contractowner has been identified as a market timer under our Market Timing Procedures, we will notify the Contractowner in writing that
future transfers (among the Subaccounts and/or the Indexed Account) will be temporarily permitted to be made only by original signature sent to us by U.S. mail, first-class delivery for the remainder of the Contract Year (or
calendar year if the Contract is an individual contract that was sold in connection with an employer sponsored plan). Overnight delivery or electronic instructions (which may include telephone, facsimile, or Internet instructions)
submitted during this period will not be accepted. If overnight delivery or electronic instructions are inadvertently accepted from a Contractowner that has been identified as a market timer, upon discovery, we will reverse the
transaction within 1 or 2 business days. We will impose this “original signature” restriction on that Contractowner even if we cannot identify, in the particular circumstances, any harmful effect from that Contractowner's
particular transfers.
Contractowners seeking to engage in frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection. Our
ability to detect such transfer activity may be limited by operational systems and technological limitations. The identification of Contractowners determined to be engaged in such transfer activity that may adversely affect other
Contractowners or fund shareholders involves judgments that are inherently subjective. We cannot guarantee that our Market Timing Procedures will detect every potential market timer. If we are unable to detect market timers, you
may experience dilution in the value of your fund shares and increased brokerage and administrative costs in the funds. This may result in lower long-term returns for your investments.
Our Market Timing Procedures are applied consistently to all Contractowners. An exception for any Contractowner will be made only in the event we
are required to do so by a court of law. In addition, certain funds available as investment options in your Contract may also be available as investment options for owners of other, older life insurance policies issued by us. Some
of these older life insurance policies do not provide a contractual basis for us to restrict or refuse transfers which are suspected to be market timing activity. In addition, because other insurance companies and/or retirement
plans may invest in the funds, we cannot guarantee that the funds will not suffer harm from frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity among Subaccounts or the Indexed Accounts of variable contracts issued by other insurance
companies or among investment options available to retirement plan participants.
In our sole discretion, we may revise our Market Timing Procedures at any time without prior notice as necessary to better detect and deter
frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity to comply with state or federal regulatory requirements, and/or to impose additional or alternate restrictions on market timers (such as dollar or percentage limits on transfers).
If we modify our Market Timing Procedures, they will be applied uniformly to all Contractowners or as applicable to all Contractowners investing in underlying funds.
Some of the funds have reserved the right to temporarily or permanently refuse payments or transfer requests from us if, in the judgment of the
fund’s investment adviser, the fund would be unable to invest effectively in accordance with its investment objective or policies, or would otherwise potentially be adversely affected. To the extent permitted by applicable law, we
reserve the right to defer or reject a transfer request at any time that we are unable to purchase or redeem shares of any of the funds available through the VAA, including any refusal or restriction on purchases or redemptions of
the fund shares as a result of the funds' own policies and procedures on market timing activities. If a fund refuses to accept a transfer request we have already processed, we will reverse the transaction within 1 or 2 business
days. We will notify you in writing if we have reversed, restricted or refused any of your transfer requests. Some funds also may impose redemption fees on short-term trading (i.e., redemptions of mutual fund shares within a
certain number of business days after purchase). We reserve the right to administer and collect any such redemption fees on behalf of the funds. You should read the prospectuses of the funds for more details on their redemption
fees and their ability to refuse or restrict purchases or redemptions of their shares.
45
Transfers After the Annuity Commencement Date
You may transfer all or a portion of your investment in one Subaccount to another Subaccount, as permitted under your Contract. Those transfers will
be limited to three times per Contract Year. You may also transfer from a variable Annuity Payout to a fixed Annuity Payout. You may not transfer
from a fixed Annuity Payout to a variable Annuity Payout. Once elected, the fixed Annuity Payout is irrevocable. Any portion of your Contract Value invested in the
Indexed Accounts must be transferred to the Subaccounts or to a fixed Annuity Payout prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Amounts transferred will be subject to an Interim Value calculation.
Ownership
The Contractowner on the date of issue will be the person or entity designated in the contract specifications. The Contractowner of a nonqualified
contract may name a joint owner. We reserve the right to limit certain types of ownership structures. Please contact your financial professional for more information.
As Contractowner, you have all rights under the Contract. According to Indiana law, the assets of the VAA are held for the exclusive benefit of all
Contractowners and their designated Beneficiaries; and the assets of the VAA are not chargeable with liabilities arising from any other business that we may conduct. We reserve the right to approve all ownership and Annuitant
changes. Nonqualified contracts may not be sold, discounted, or pledged as collateral for a loan or for any other purpose. Qualified contracts are not transferable unless allowed under applicable law. Nonqualified contracts may
not be collaterally assigned. Assignments may have an adverse impact on your Death Benefits and may be prohibited under the terms of a particular feature. We assume no responsibility for the validity or effect of any assignment.
Consult your tax advisor about the tax consequences of an assignment.
Joint Ownership
If a Contract has joint owners, the joint owners shall be treated as having equal undivided interests in the Contract. Either owner, independently
of the other, may exercise any ownership rights in this Contract. Not more than two owners (an owner and joint owner) may be named and contingent owners are not permitted.
Annuitant
The following rules apply prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You may name only one Annuitant (unless you are a tax-exempt entity, then you can
name two joint Annuitants). You (if the Contractowner is a natural person) have the right to change the Annuitant at any time by notifying us in writing of the change. However, we reserve the right to approve all Annuitant
changes. This may not be allowed if certain riders are in effect. The new Annuitant must be under age 86 as of the effective date of the change. A contingent Annuitant may be named or changed by notifying us in writing. Contingent
Annuitants are not allowed on contracts owned by non-natural owners. On or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Annuitant or joint Annuitants may not be changed and contingent Annuitant designations are no longer applicable.
Surrenders and Withdrawals
Before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will allow the surrender of the Contract or a withdrawal of the Contract Value upon your written request on
an approved Lincoln distribution request form (available from the Home Office), fax, or other electronic means approved by Lincoln. Withdrawal requests may be made by telephone, subject to certain restrictions. All surrenders and
withdrawals may be made in accordance with the rules discussed below. Surrender or withdrawal rights after the Annuity Commencement Date are not available.
The amount available upon surrender/withdrawal is the Contract Value less any applicable charges, fees, and taxes at the end of the Valuation Period
during which the written request for surrender/withdrawal is received in Good Order at the Home Office. If we receive a surrender or withdrawal request in Good Order at our Home Office before the close of the NYSE (normally 4:00
p.m., New York time), we will process the request from the VAA using the Accumulation Unit value and the Interim Value computed on that Valuation Date. If we receive a surrender or withdrawal request in Good Order at our Home
Office after market close, we will process the request using the Accumulation Unit value and the Interim Value computed on the next Valuation Date. There may be circumstances under which the NYSE may close early (prior to 4:00
p.m., New York time). In such instances, surrender or withdrawal requests received after such early market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value and the Interim Value computed on the next Valuation Date. The
minimum amount which can be withdrawn is $300. Unless a request for withdrawal specifies otherwise, withdrawals will be made in the following order:
1.
proportionately from all Subaccounts within the VAA, until exhausted; then
2.
the transfer account; then
3.
proportionately from all Indexed Accounts.
Unless prohibited, surrender/withdrawal payments will be mailed within seven days after we receive a valid written request at the Home Office. The
payment may be postponed as permitted by the 1940 Act.
46
When withdrawals are made from the Indexed Accounts, an amount equal to the Interim Value of the Segment is available for surrender or
withdrawal. In addition, the Indexed Crediting Base for each individual Indexed Segment is reduced proportionately by the amount that the withdrawal reduced the Interim Value. A proportional reduction could be larger than the dollar
amount of the withdrawal. Reductions to your Indexed Crediting Base will negatively impact your Interim Value for the remainder of the Indexed Term and will result in a lower Segment Maturity Value at the end of the Indexed Term.
You cannot withdraw an amount equal to the Indexed Crediting Base. The following examples show how the Indexed Crediting Base is impacted by a withdrawal, and assumes that you have invested in an Indexed Account and no Subaccounts.
Example 1:
1/1/ 2025 Allocation to Indexed Segment = $80,000
1/1/ 2025 Indexed Crediting Base = $80,000
6/1/ 2025 Indexed Crediting Base = $80,000; Interim Value = $100,000; Withdrawal = $80,000
Withdrawal/Interim Value = $80,000 ÷ $100,000 = 80%
Removed Amount from the Indexed Crediting Base = $64,000 (80% of $80,000)
Indexed Crediting Base after withdrawal = $80,000 - $64,000 = $16,000
Interim Value after withdrawal ($100,000 - $80,000) = $20,000
Interim Value calculation going forward and Segment Maturity Value will be based on the $16,000 Indexed Crediting Base
1/1/ 2025 Indexed Crediting Base = $80,000
6/1/ 2025 Indexed Crediting Base = $80,000; Interim Value = $100,000; Withdrawal = $80,000
Withdrawal/Interim Value = $80,000 ÷ $100,000 = 80%
Removed Amount from the Indexed Crediting Base = $64,000 (80% of $80,000)
Indexed Crediting Base after withdrawal = $80,000 - $64,000 = $16,000
Interim Value after withdrawal ($100,000 - $80,000) = $20,000
Interim Value calculation going forward and Segment Maturity Value will be based on the $16,000 Indexed Crediting Base
Example 2:
Indexed Crediting Base = $16,000; Interim Value = $15,000; Withdrawal = $15,000
Withdrawal/Interim Value = $15,000 ÷ $15,000 = 100%
Removed Amount from the Indexed Crediting Base = $16,000 (100% of $16,000)
Indexed Crediting Base after withdrawal = $0
Interim Value after withdrawal = $0 ($15,000 - $15,000)
Withdrawal/Interim Value = $15,000 ÷ $15,000 = 100%
Removed Amount from the Indexed Crediting Base = $16,000 (100% of $16,000)
Indexed Crediting Base after withdrawal = $0
Interim Value after withdrawal = $0 ($15,000 - $15,000)
Note: The $15,000 Interim Value is the maximum that could be withdrawn because this value reflects the index gain or loss during the Indexed Term.
The Indexed Crediting Base is not available for withdrawal or transfer.
The tax consequences of a surrender/withdrawal are discussed later in this prospectus. See Federal Tax Matters – Taxation of Withdrawals and
Surrenders.
Benefits Available Under the Contract
The following tables summarize information about the benefits available under the Contract. A detailed description of each benefit follows the
table.
|
Standard Benefits
|
|||
|
Name of Benefit
|
Purpose
|
Maximum Fee
|
Brief Description of
Restrictions /
Limitations
|
|
Account Value Death
Benefit
|
Provides a Death Benefit equal to the
Contract Value.
|
● 0.10 % (as a
percentage of
Contract Value
invested in the
Subaccounts)
|
● Poor investment performance could
significantly reduce the benefit.
● Withdrawals (including the deduction of
advisory fees) could significantly reduce
the benefit.
|
|
Portfolio Rebalancing
|
Allows you to automatically reallocate
your
Contract Value among the Subaccounts on a
periodic basis based on your standing
allocation instructions.
|
None
|
● Not available for the portion of Contract
Value held in the Indexed Accounts.
|
|
Automatic Withdrawal
Service
|
Allows you to take periodic withdrawals
from your Contract automatically.
|
None
|
● Not available when i4LIFE ®
Indexed
Advantage is in effect.
● The deduction of advisory fees will
impact your Contract Value.
|
47
|
Standard Benefits
|
|||
|
Name of Benefit
|
Purpose
|
Maximum Fee
|
Brief Description of Restrictions
/
Limitations
|
|
Advisory Fee
Withdrawals
|
Allows you to take withdrawals from your
Contract to pay the advisory fees.
|
None
|
●May not be available in all states or
through all broker-dealers.
●The deduction of advisory fees from
Contract Value may reduce the Death
Benefit and other guaranteed benefits
(unless the requirements listed above are
met), and may be subject to federal and
state income taxes and a 10% federal
penalty tax.
|
|
Optional Benefits – Available for
Election
|
|||
|
Name of Benefit
|
Purpose
|
Maximum Fee
|
Brief Description of
Restrictions /
Limitations
|
|
Guarantee of Principal
Death
Benefit]Guarantee of
Principal Death
Benefit
|
Provides a Death Benefit equal to the
greatest of (1) Contract Value; (2) all
Purchase Payments, adjusted for
withdrawals.
|
● 0.30 % (as a
percentage of
Contract Value
invested in the
Subaccounts)
|
● Withdrawals could significantly reduce
the benefit.
|
|
i4LIFE ® Indexed
Advantage
|
Provides:
● Variable periodic income payments for
life.
● The ability to make additional
withdrawals and surrender the Contract
during the Access Period.
|
● 0.40 % in addition to
your base contract
expense, if any
|
● Withdrawals could significantly reduce or
terminate the benefit.
● Restrictions apply to the length of the
Access Period.
● Additional Purchase Payments may be
subject to restrictions.
|
48
Death Benefit
The chart below provides a brief overview of how the Death Benefit proceeds will be distributed if death occurs prior to the
Annuity Commencement Date. Refer to your Contract for the specific provisions applicable upon death.
|
upon death of:
|
and...
|
and...
|
Death Benefit proceeds
pass to:
|
|
Contractowner
|
There is a surviving joint owner
|
The Annuitant is living or deceased
|
Joint owner
|
|
Contractowner
|
There is no surviving joint owner
|
The Annuitant is living or deceased
|
Designated Beneficiary
|
|
Contractowner
|
There is no surviving joint owner
and the Beneficiary predeceases the
Contractowner
|
The Annuitant is living or deceased
|
Contractowner's estate
|
|
Annuitant
|
The Contractowner is living
|
There is no contingent Annuitant
|
The youngest Contractowner
becomes the contingent Annuitant
and the Contract continues. The
Contractowner may waive* this
continuation and receive the Death
Benefit proceeds.
|
|
Annuitant
|
The Contractowner is living
|
The contingent Annuitant is living
|
Contingent Annuitant becomes the
Annuitant and the Contract
continues
|
|
Annuitant**
|
The Contractowner is a trust or
other non-natural person
|
No contingent Annuitant allowed
with non-natural Contractowner
|
Designated Beneficiary
|
*
Notification from the Contractowner to receive the Death Benefit proceeds must be received within 75
days of the death of the Annuitant.
**
Death of Annuitant is treated like death of the Contractowner.
If the Contractowner (or a joint owner) or Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, a Death Benefit may be payable. This Death Benefit
terminates on the Annuity Commencement Date.
You should consider the following provisions carefully when designating the Beneficiary, Annuitant, any contingent Annuitant and any joint owner, as
well as before changing any of these parties. The identity of these parties under the Contract may significantly affect the amount and timing of the Death Benefit or other amount paid upon a Contractowner's or Annuitant's death.
You may designate a Beneficiary during your lifetime and change the Beneficiary by filing a written request with our Home Office. Each change of
Beneficiary revokes any previous designation. We reserve the right to request that you send us the Contract for endorsement of a change of Beneficiary.
Upon the death of the Contractowner, a Death Benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary. Upon the death of a joint owner, the Death Benefit will be
paid to the surviving joint owner. If the Contractowner is a corporation or other non-individual (non-natural person), the death of the Annuitant will be treated as death of the Contractowner.
If an Annuitant who is not the Contractowner or joint owner dies, then the contingent Annuitant, if named, becomes the Annuitant and no Death
Benefit is payable on the death of the Annuitant. If no contingent Annuitant is named, the Contractowner (or younger of joint owners) becomes the Annuitant. Alternatively, a Death Benefit may be paid to the Contractowner (and
joint owner, if applicable, in equal shares). Notification of the election of this Death Benefit must be received by us within 75 days of the death of the Annuitant. The Contract terminates when any Death Benefit is paid due to
the death of the Annuitant.
Only the Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the death claim is available as a Death Benefit if a
Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant was added or changed subsequent to the effective date of this Contract unless the change occurred because of the death of a prior Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant. If your Contract
Value equals zero, no Death Benefit will be paid.
Account Value Death Benefit. The Account Value Death Benefit
provides a Death Benefit equal to the Contract Value on the Valuation Date the Death Benefit is approved by us for payment. No additional Death
Benefit is provided. For example, assume an initial deposit into the Contract of $10,000. The Contract Value increases and equals $12,000 on the Valuation Date the
Death Benefit is approved. The amount of Death Benefit paid equals $12,000.
Advisory Fee Withdrawals will always reduce the Contract Value on a dollar-for-dollar basis. For example, assume a Contract Value of $10,000,
and a deduction of $100 is made for the advisory fee. The amount of your Contract Value is reduced to $9,900.
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit. The Guarantee of Principal
Death Benefit provides a Death Benefit equal to the greater of:
49
●
the Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim; or
●
the sum of all Purchase Payments decreased by all withdrawals in the same proportion that
withdrawals reduce the Contract Value.
For example, assume an initial deposit into the Contract of $10,000. The Contract Value decreases and equals $8,000 on the Valuation Date the Death
Benefit is approved. Since your principal is guaranteed, the amount of Death Benefit paid equals $10,000.
Note: The Contract Value for Indexed Segments is the Interim Value unless the claim is processed on a Segment End Date. In a declining market,
withdrawals deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the Death Benefit payable. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the
dollar amount of the withdrawal from the Contract Value. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with those withdrawals and premium taxes, if any.
Subject to state and broker-dealer approval, annual Advisory Fee Withdrawals up to 1.25% of your Contract Value within a Contract Year will not be
considered a withdrawal under your Death Benefit calculation of the sum of all Purchase Payments. Your Contract Value will be reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but the value of your Death Benefit will not be negatively
impacted. For Annual Advisory Fee Withdrawals that exceed 1.25% of your Contract Value within a Contract Year, the portion of the Advisory Fee Withdrawal over 1.25% will be treated as a withdrawal under this Death Benefit and
reduce your guarantee.
The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit may not be terminated unless you surrender the Contract. In addition, the rider will terminate:
1.
on the Annuity Commencement Date;
2.
upon payment of a Death Benefit under the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit (unless the
Contract is continued by the surviving spouse); or
3.
at any time all Contractowners or Annuitants are changed.
General Death Benefit Information
Your Death Benefit terminates on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage, which is an Annuity Payout option, only provides Death Benefit options during the Access Period. There are no Death Benefits during the Lifetime Income Period.
Please see the i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage – i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage Death Benefit section of this prospectus for more information.
If there are joint owners, upon the death of the first Contractowner, we will pay a Death Benefit to the surviving joint owner. The surviving joint
owner will be treated as the primary, designated Beneficiary. Any other Beneficiary designation on record at the time of death will be treated as a contingent Beneficiary. If the surviving joint owner is the spouse of the deceased
joint owner, he/she may continue the Contract as sole Contractowner. Upon the death of the spouse who continued the Contract, we will pay the Account Value Death Benefit to the designated Beneficiary(s) unless the Guarantee of
Principal Death Benefit is in effect.
If the Beneficiary is the spouse of the Contractowner, then the spouse may elect to continue the Contract as the new Contractowner. In this
situation, a portion of the Death Benefit may be credited to the Contract. Any portion of the Death Benefit that would have been payable (if the Contract had not been continued) that exceeds the current Contract Value on the
Valuation Date we approve the claim will be added to the Contract Value and placed in the variable Subaccounts according to the allocations on the Contract. If no variable Subaccounts are selected, the proceeds will be placed in
the LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund Subaccount. If the Contract is continued in this way, the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit rider and charge will continue. The rider charge rate that was in effect immediately prior to the
death will continue to apply.
All Contract provisions relating to spousal continuation are available only to a person who meets the definition of “spouse” under federal law. The
U.S. Supreme Court has held that same-sex marriages must be permitted under state law and that marriages recognized under state law will be recognized for federal law purposes. Domestic partnerships and civil unions that are not
recognized as legal marriages under state law, however, will not be treated as marriages under federal law. You are strongly encouraged to consult
a tax advisor before electing spousal rights under the Contract.
The value of the Death Benefit will be determined as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim. Approval of payment will occur upon
our receipt of a claim submitted in Good Order or one year from the date of the death for nonqualified contracts and December 31st of the year following death for IRAs. To be in Good Order, we require all the following:
1.
an original certified death certificate, or other proof of death satisfactory to us; and
2.
written authorization for payment; and
3.
all required claim forms, fully completed (including selection of a settlement option).
50
Notwithstanding any provision of this Contract to the contrary, the payment of Death Benefits provided under this Contract must be made in
compliance with Code Section 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable, as amended from time to time. Death Benefits may be taxable. See Federal Tax Matters.
Unless otherwise provided in the Beneficiary designation, one of the following procedures will take place on the death of a Beneficiary:
●
if any Beneficiary dies before the Contractowner, that Beneficiary’s interest will go to
any other Beneficiaries named, according to their respective interests; and/or
●
if no Beneficiary survives the Contractowner, the proceeds will be paid to the
Contractowner’s estate.
If the Beneficiary is a minor, court documents appointing the guardian/custodian may be required.
The Beneficiary may choose the method of payment of the Death Benefit unless the Contractowner has already selected a settlement option. The Death
Benefit payable to the Beneficiary or joint owner must be distributed within five years of the Contractowner’s date of death unless the Beneficiary begins receiving within one year of the Contractowner’s death the distribution in
the form of a life annuity or an annuity for a designated period not extending beyond the Beneficiary’s life expectancy.
Note: Indexed Accounts cannot be divided into separate contracts when there are multiple beneficiaries. If more than one beneficiary chooses a death
benefit option other than a lump sum, the existing Indexed Account(s) will need to be surrendered at the Interim Value to be allocated to multiple beneficiaries. New Indexed Accounts can be selected on the new contracts if desired
with the currently available features.
Upon the death of the Annuitant, Federal tax law requires that an annuity election be made no later than 60 days after we have approved the death
claim for payment.
The recipient of a Death Benefit may elect to receive payment either in the form of a lump sum settlement or an Annuity Payout. If a lump sum
settlement is elected, the proceeds will be mailed within seven days of approval by us of the claim subject to the laws, regulations and tax code governing payment of Death Benefits. This payment may be postponed as permitted by
the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Abandoned Property. Every state has unclaimed property laws which
generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of three to five years from the date a benefit is due and payable. For example, if the payment of a Death Benefit has been triggered, but, if after a
thorough search, we are still unable to locate the Beneficiary of the Death Benefit, or the Beneficiary does not come forward to claim the Death Benefit in a timely manner, the Death Benefit will be “escheated”. This means that
the Death Benefit will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the Beneficiary or the Contractowner last resided, as shown on our books and records, or to our state of
domicile. This escheatment is revocable and the state is obligated to pay the Death Benefit (without interest) if your Beneficiary steps forward to claim it with the proper documentation.
To prevent such escheatment, it is important that you update your Beneficiary designations, including addresses, if and as they change. You may
update your Beneficiary designations by submitting a Beneficiary change form to our Home Office.
Additional Services
These additional services may be available to you under your Contract: automatic withdrawal service (AWS) and portfolio rebalancing. Currently,
there is no charge for these services. However, we reserve the right to impose one after appropriate notice to Contractowners. In order to take advantage of one of these services, you will need to complete the appropriate election
form that is available from our Home Office. These services will stop once we are notified of a pending death claim. For further detailed information on these services, please see Additional Services in the SAI.
Automatic Withdrawal Service. The automatic withdrawal
service (AWS) provides for an automatic periodic withdrawal of your Contract Value. Withdrawals from Indexed Accounts will be at Interim Value. See Indexed Accounts – Interim Value. Withdrawals under AWS
will be noted on your quarterly statement. Confirmation statements for each individual withdrawal will not be issued. AWS is not available when i4LIFE ®
Indexed Advantage is in effect.
Portfolio Rebalancing. Portfolio rebalancing is an option that
restores to a pre-determined level the percentage of Contract Value allocated to each Subaccount. The rebalancing may take place monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Rebalancing events will be noted on your quarterly
statement. Confirmation statements for each individual rebalancing event will not be issued. Portfolio rebalancing is not available for the portion of Contract Value held in the Indexed Accounts.
We reserve the right to discontinue any or all of these administrative services at any time.
Fees Associated with Fee-Based Financial Plans. You
have purchased this contract as part of a Fee-Based Financial Plan whereby an investment firm or professional offers investment advice for a fee. The fee for this advice is set by your financial professional, and is
covered in a separate agreement between you and your financial professional. Lincoln has not made any independent review of your financial professional. You may provide authorization to have your advisory fees paid to
your financial professional’s investment firm from your Contract Value (“Advisory Fee Withdrawal”), if certain conditions apply. These payments will be treated as withdrawals
51
from your Contract Value and may result in a significant reduction in your Death Benefit. Over time, withdrawals taken for the payment of
advisory fees could significantly reduce your Contract Value. Please discuss with your financial professional the impact of deducting advisory fees from Contract Value prior to making an election.
Partial withdrawals to pay the fee may be taken automatically by enrolling in an AWS designated specifically for this purpose. Withdrawals are
available in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual frequencies. You may enroll in this service by completing the appropriate authorization form that is available from your financial professional. Additionally, you may
authorize your financial professional to set up or change your AWS program, or to take one-time withdrawals to pay for the advisory fee. Once you have elected this service, it will continue until you instruct us in writing to
terminate it. Withdrawals under this AWS option and one-time withdrawals will be noted on your quarterly statement as an Advisory Fee Withdrawal. This AWS service may not be available through all broker-dealers.
Withdrawals under AWS are treated like other withdrawals under the contract, and as such may decrease your guarantees under a Death Benefit or
Living Benefit Rider. See the Death Benefit and Living Benefit Rider sections of this prospectus for more information on how withdrawals affect these benefits. Advisory fee withdrawals will not be treated as a distribution for
federal tax purposes, if certain conditions are met. See Federal Tax Matters – Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders for more information.
i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage
i4LIFE ® Indexed Advantage is an optional Annuity Payout rider you may purchase for an
additional charge, and is separate and distinct from other Annuity Payout options offered under your Contract and described later in this prospectus. See Charges and Adjustments – i4LIFE ® Indexed Advantage Charge for more information
on how the charge is calculated.
i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage provides Periodic Income Payments for life subject to certain conditions. These payments are made during two time periods: an Access Period and a Lifetime
Income Period, which are discussed in further detail below. i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage is different from other Annuity Payout options provided by Lincoln because
with i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage, you have the ability to make additional withdrawals or surrender the Contract during the Access Period.
When you elect i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage, you must choose the Annuitant and
Secondary Life (if applicable). The Annuitant and Secondary Life may not be changed after i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage is elected. For qualified contracts,
the Secondary Life must be the spouse. See i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage Death Benefit regarding the impact of a change to the Annuitant prior to the i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage election.
Only Indexed Accounts with 1-Year Indexed Terms are available. If you elect i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage
while you are currently allocated to an Indexed Account with an Indexed Term greater than one year, the funds allocated to the Indexed Account(s) will be transferred to the LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund at Interim Value unless
you provide instructions otherwise. Additionally, once i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage is in effect, any automatic withdrawal service will terminate.
Additional Purchase Payments may be made during the Access Period for an IRA annuity contract. Additional Purchase Payments will not be accepted at
any time for a nonqualified annuity contract.
Availability. i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage is available for contracts with a
Contract Value of at least $50,000 and may be elected at the time of contract application or on any subsequent Indexed Anniversary Date by sending a written request to our Home Office. i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage is not available if another Annuity Payout option is in effect. i4LIFE®
Indexed Advantage is the only Annuity Payout option available for the Indexed Accounts. If you have not established an Indexed Anniversary Date, your i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage Rider Date
can be any Valuation Date.
i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage is available on nonqualified annuities, IRAs and Roth IRAs (check with your financial professional regarding availability with SEP market). i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage for IRA contracts is only available if the Annuitant and Secondary Life are age 59½ or older at the time the option is elected. i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage must be elected by age 80 on IRA contracts or age 95 on nonqualified contracts. i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage is not available to beneficiaries of
IRA contracts. Additional limitations on issue ages and features may be necessary to comply with federal tax law for required minimum distributions.
Access Period. The Access Period is a defined period of time
during which we pay Periodic Income Payments and provide a Death Benefit. During this period, you may surrender the Contract and make withdrawals from your Account Value (defined below). The Lifetime Income Period begins
immediately at the end of the Access Period, the remaining Account Value is used to make Periodic Income Payments for the rest of your life (or the Secondary Life if applicable). During the Lifetime Income Period, you will no
longer be able to make withdrawals or surrenders or receive a Death Benefit. If your Account Value is reduced to zero because of withdrawals or market loss, your Access Period ends.
The minimum and maximum Access Periods are established at the time you elect i4LIFE® Indexed
Advantage. The current Access Period requirements are outlined in the following chart:
52
|
Minimum Access Period
|
Maximum Access Period
|
|
The greater of 20 years or the difference between
your nearest age and age 90, based on
the youngest covered life if joint life is elected
|
The length of time between your age and age 115
for nonqualified contracts (based on the
youngest covered life if joint life is elected); age 100
for qualified contracts.
|
You may also choose any period of time between the minimum Access Period and maximum Access Period.
Generally, shorter Access Periods will produce a higher initial Periodic Income Payment than longer Access Periods, but you will have a shorter
period of time within which to access your Account Value. A longer Access Period will generally produce a lower initial Periodic Income Payment but will provide you with a longer period of time within which to access your Account
Value. At any time during the Access Period, you may extend the length of the Access Period subject to Home Office approval and the Access Period rules in effect at that time. Additional restrictions may apply if you are under age
59½ when you request a change to the Access Period. Currently, if you extend the Access Period, it must be extended at least 5 years. If you change the Access Period, subsequent Periodic Income Payments will be adjusted
accordingly, and the Account Value remaining at the end of the new Access Period will be applied to continue Periodic Income Payments for your life. Currently, changes to the Access Period can only be made on Rider Date
anniversaries.
Additional limitations on issue ages and features may be necessary to comply with the IRC provisions for required minimum distributions. We may
reduce or terminate the Access Period for IRA i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage contracts in order to keep the Periodic Income Payments in compliance with
federal tax law for required minimum distributions.
Account Value. The initial Account Value is the Contract Value on
the i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage Rider Date, less any applicable premium taxes. During the Access Period, the Account Value on a Valuation Date will equal the total value of all of the
Contractowner's Indexed Account(s), variable subaccount(s), and Periodic Income Payment Account, and will be reduced by Periodic Income Payments made, rider fees, as well as any withdrawals taken. You will have access to your
Account Value during the Access Period. After the Access Period ends, the remaining Account Value will be applied to continue Periodic Income Payments for your life (and/or the Secondary Life, if applicable) and the Account Value
will be reduced to zero.
Periodic Income Payments during the Access Period. i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage provides for Periodic Income Payments for as long as an Annuitant (or Secondary Life, if applicable) is living.
Periodic Income Payments must begin within one year of the date you elect i4LIFE® Indexed
Advantage. Once they begin, they will continue until the death of the Annuitant or Secondary Life, if applicable, unless i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage is terminated or the Contract is
surrendered. If you do not choose a Periodic Income Payment frequency, the default frequency is monthly.
For information regarding income tax consequences of Periodic Income Payments, see Federal Tax Matters.
The initial, annual Periodic Income Payment amount is calculated as of the date the rider is elected (Rider Date). This is the same date the Access
Period begins. The amount of the initial Periodic Income Payment is determined on the Rider Date by dividing the Account Value, less applicable premium taxes by 1,000 and multiplying the result by an annuity factor. This amount is
then transferred to the Periodic Income Payment Account to be paid out based on the payment frequency you selected. The annuity factor is based upon:
●
the age and sex of the Annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable;
●
the length of the Access Period selected;
●
the 3% Assumed Interest Rate (AIR); and
●
the Individual Annuity Mortality table.
The annuity factor used to determine the Periodic Income Payments reflects the fact that, during the Access Period, you have the ability to withdraw
the entire Account Value and that a Death Benefit will be paid to your Beneficiary upon your death. These benefits during the Access Period result in a slightly lower Periodic Income Payment, during both the Access Period and the
Lifetime Income Period, than would be payable if this access was not permitted and no lump-sum Death Benefit was payable. The annuity factor also reflects the requirement that there be sufficient Account Value at the end of the
Access Period to continue your Periodic Income Payments for the remainder of your life (and/or the Secondary Life if applicable), during the Lifetime Income Period, with no further access or Death Benefit.
The amount of your Periodic Income Payment will be impacted by the length of the Access Period you have chosen. For example, if a 70-year old male
makes a $100,000 initial Purchase Payment, elects monthly payments, a 3% AIR, and a 20-year Access Period, the initial Periodic Income Payment will be $445.60 per month ($5,347.20 annually). Using the same assumptions, but with a
30-year Access Period, the initial Periodic Income Payment will be $385.56 per month ($4,626.72 annually).
The Account Value will vary with the actual net investment return, which then determines the subsequent Periodic Income Payments during the Access
Period. Each subsequent Periodic Income Payment is determined by dividing the Account Value on the Rider Date anniversary by 1,000 and multiplying this result by an annuity factor revised to reflect the declining length of the
Access Period. As a
53
result of this calculation, the actual net returns in the Account Value are measured against the AIR to determine subsequent Periodic Income
Payments. If the actual net investment return (annualized) for the Contract exceeds the AIR, the Periodic Income Payment will increase at a rate approximately equal to the amount of such excess. Conversely, if the actual net
investment return for the Contract is less than the AIR, the Periodic Income Payment will decrease. For example, if net investment return is 3% higher (annualized) than the AIR, the Periodic Income Payment for the next Rider Year
will increase by approximately 3%. Conversely, if actual net investment return is 3% lower than the AIR, the Periodic Income Payment for the next Rider Year will decrease by approximately 3%.
For IRA i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage contracts, if at any time A is greater
than the sum of B and C and no additional withdrawals were
made, we will distribute an additional payment, calculated and withdrawn on the Rider Date anniversary, equal to A – (B + C) where,
A = the RMD amount for the calendar year for this Contract, as determined by us in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code,
B = the sum of Periodic Income Payment paid in the calendar year immediately prior to the Rider Year anniversary, and
C = the sum of the Periodic Income Payment to be paid from the Rider Year anniversary to the end of the calendar year.
This additional payment will be deducted and distributed within 7 days following the applicable Rider Date anniversary. This amount will be treated
as a Periodic Income Payment and not a Withdrawal for Death Benefit calculations.
Withdrawals made during the Access Period will also reduce the Account Value that is available for Periodic Income Payments. Subsequent Periodic
Income Payments will be recalculated on the next Rider Date anniversary using the reduced Account Value.
For a joint life option, if either the Annuitant or Secondary Life dies during the Access Period, Periodic Income Payments will be recalculated
using a revised annuity factor based on the single surviving life, if doing so provides a higher Periodic Income Payment. On a joint life option,
the Secondary Life spouse must be either the primary Beneficiary or joint owner in order to receive the remaining payments after the first spouse’s death.
For nonqualified contracts, if the Annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable, both die during the Access Period, the annuity factor will be
revised for a non-life contingent Periodic Income Payment and Periodic Income Payments will continue until the Account Value is fully paid out and the Access Period ends. For qualified contracts, if the Annuitant and Secondary
Life, if applicable, both die during the Access Period, i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage will terminate.
Periodic Income Payments during the Lifetime Income Period. The
Lifetime Income Period begins at the end of the Access Period if either the Annuitant or Secondary Life is living. Your earlier election regarding the Periodic Income Payment frequency does not change. The initial Periodic Income
Payment during the Lifetime Income Period is determined by dividing the Account Value for each Indexed Account and Subaccount on the last Valuation Date of the Access Period by 1,000 and multiplying the result by an annuity factor
revised to reflect that the Access Period has ended. The result for each variable Subaccount is converted to Annuity Units.
Subsequent Periodic Income Payments are calculated on the Rider Date anniversary and are equal to the sum of each Periodic Income Payment as
calculated for each individual allocation. Subsequent Periodic Income Payments for the variable Subaccounts are determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units per Subaccount by the Annuity Unit value. To determine
subsequent Periodic Income Payments for the Indexed Segment(s), the prior Periodic Income Payment for each Segment is multiplied by the performance of the Segment less the rider charge divided by the AIR. Subsequent Periodic
Income Payments are adjusted for any reallocations between accounts and Subaccounts.
Your Periodic Income Payments will vary based on the value of your Annuity Units and the performance of your Indexed Segment(s). Your payment(s)
will not be affected by market performance during that year. You may also discontinue variable and index-linked payouts and select a fixed level payment.
Periodic Income Payments will continue for as long as the Annuitant or Secondary Life, if applicable, is living, and will vary with Account Value
performance.
Periodic Income Payment Account. The Periodic Income Payment
Account is designated to hold an amount equal to the annual Periodic Income Payments during the Access Period only.
On the Rider Date and each Rider Date anniversary thereafter, we will transfer Account Value equal to the annual amount of the Periodic Income
Payment valued as of that date to the Periodic Income Payment Account. Amounts transferred to the Periodic Income Payment Account will no longer participate in the variable Subaccounts or Indexed Segment(s). The Periodic Income
Payment Account is a non-interest bearing account. The Account Value will be transferred proportionately from the variable Subaccounts, and the Indexed Segment(s) in which you are allocated. Transfers of Account Value to the
Periodic Income Payment Account may reduce the value in the Subaccounts to zero. Periodic Income Payments will first be deducted from the Periodic Income Payment Account. Only after the Periodic Income Payment Account has been
exhausted will any amounts be deducted proportionally from the Variable Subaccounts and lastly proportionally from the Indexed Segment(s).
The Periodic Income Payment Account is not available for allocations or transfers; unless there are any remaining amounts in the Periodic Income
Payment Account on the Rider Anniversary after the Periodic Income Payment has been made for the prior Rider Year.
54
i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage Death Benefit
The Death Benefit option in effect under the Contract will continue to be in effect after the i4LIFE®
Indexed Advantage Rider Date and during the Access Period only and will be adjusted as follows:
Any withdrawal or Periodic Income Payment from the Account Value during the Access Period will result in a Death Benefit reduction.
If the Account Value Death Benefit is in effect, your Death Benefit will be equal to the Account Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the
payment of the claim.
If the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit is in effect, your Death Benefit will be equal to the greater of:
●
the Account Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim; or
●
the sum of all Purchase Payments, less the sum of the Periodic Income Payments and other
withdrawals where:
●
Periodic Income Payments and any additional Required Minimum Distribution payments reduce
the Death Benefit by the dollar amount of the payment; and
●
All other withdrawals, if any, reduce the Death Benefit in the same proportion that
withdrawals reduce the Contract Value or Account Value.
References to Purchase Payments and withdrawals include Purchase Payments and withdrawals made prior to the election of i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage.
In a declining market, withdrawals which are deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value or
Account Value, may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the Death Benefit payable. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. All references to
withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with those withdrawals and premium taxes, if any.
Subject to state and broker-dealer approval, annual Advisory Fee Withdrawals up to 1.25% of your Contract Value within a Contract Year will not be
considered a withdrawal under your Death Benefit calculation of the sum of all Purchase Payments. Your Contract Value will be reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, but the value of your Death Benefit will not be negatively
impacted. For Annual Advisory Fee Withdrawals that exceed 1.25% of your Contract Value within a Contract Year, the portion of the Advisory Fee Withdrawal over 1.25% will be treated as a withdrawal under this Death Benefit and
reduce your guarantee.
The following example demonstrates the impact of a proportionate withdrawal on your Death Benefit:
|
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
|
$200,000
|
|
i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage Periodic Income Payment
|
$25,000
|
|
Additional withdrawal
|
$15,000 ($15,000/$150,000 = 10% withdrawal)
|
|
Account Value at the time of withdrawal
|
$150,000
|
Death Benefit value after i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage Periodic Income Payment = $200,000 -
$25,000 = $175,000
Reduction in Death Benefit value for withdrawal = $175,000 x 10% = $17,500
Death Benefit value after withdrawal = $175,000 - $17,500 = $157,500
Reduction in Death Benefit value for withdrawal = $175,000 x 10% = $17,500
Death Benefit value after withdrawal = $175,000 - $17,500 = $157,500
The Periodic Income Payment reduces the Death Benefit by $25,000 and the withdrawal causes a 10% reduction in the Death Benefit, the same percentage
that the withdrawal reduced the Account Value.
Only the Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the death claim is available as a Death Benefit if a
Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant was added or changed subsequent to the effective date of this Contract unless the change occurred because of the death of a prior Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant. If your Contract
Value equals zero, no Death Benefit will be paid.
General Death Benefit Provisions. This Death Benefit option is
only available during the Access Period and will terminate when the Account Value equals zero, because the Access Period terminates.
On a joint life option, the Secondary Life spouse must be either the primary Beneficiary or joint owner in order to receive the
remaining payments after the first spouse’s death.
For nonqualified contracts, upon the death of the Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant, the Contractowner (or Beneficiary) may elect to terminate
the Contract and receive full payment of the Death Benefit or may elect to continue the Contract and receive Periodic Income Payments. Upon the death of the Secondary Life, who is not also an owner, only the surrender value is
paid.
If you are the owner of an IRA annuity contract, and there is no Secondary Life, and you die during the Access Period, the i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage will terminate. A spouse Beneficiary may start a new i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage program.
If a death occurs during the Access Period, the value of the Death Benefit will be determined as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the
claim. Approval of payment will occur upon our receipt of all the following:
55
1.
an original certified death certificate or other proof of death satisfactory to us; and
2.
written authorization for payment; and
3.
all required claim forms, fully completed (including selection of a settlement option).
Notwithstanding any provision of this Contract to the contrary, the payment of Death Benefits provided under this Contract must be made in
compliance with Code Section 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable, as amended from time to time. Death Benefits may be taxable. See Federal Tax Matters.
Upon notification to us of the death, Periodic Income Payments may be suspended until the death claim is approved. Upon approval, a lump sum payment
for the value of any suspended payments will be made as of the date the death claim is approved, and Periodic Income Payments will continue, if applicable.
If a lump sum settlement is elected, the proceeds will be mailed within seven days of approval by us of the claim subject to the laws, regulations
and tax code governing payment of Death Benefits. This payment may be postponed as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Transfers. During the Access Period and subject to the
provisions of Transfers On Or Before The Annuity Commencement Date, the following transfers are permitted at any time:
(a) transfers between the variable Subaccounts or
(b) transfers from the Indexed Accounts to the variable Subaccounts. Transfers between the Indexed Accounts and from the variable Subaccounts to the
Indexed Accounts are only permitted on a Rider Date anniversary.
After the Access Period and subject to the provisions of Transfers After the Annuity Commencement Date, transfers between the variable Subaccounts
are permitted at any time. The following transfers are only permitted on the Rider Date anniversary:
(a) transfers from the variable Subaccounts to the Indexed Accounts;
(b) transfers between the Indexed Accounts; and
(c) transfers from the variable Subaccounts and/or Indexed Accounts to a fixed level payment.
Transfers from the Indexed Account(s) to the Subaccounts or from the fixed level payment to Indexed Account(s) or Subaccounts are not permitted.
Withdrawals. You may request a withdrawal at any time during the
Access Period. We reduce the Account Value by the amount of the withdrawal, which will impact all subsequent Periodic Income Payments. Withdrawals cannot be taken from the Periodic Income Payment Account. Withdrawals will be taken
proportionately from the Subaccounts first and then proportionately from the Indexed Accounts. Any withdrawal that reduces the Subaccounts and Indexed Accounts to zero will be treated as a withdrawal of the entire Account Value.
Any remaining Account Value in the Periodic Income Payment Account will be paid out in a lump sum with the withdrawal, and the Contract and rider will terminate. Withdrawals may have tax consequences. See Federal Tax Matters.
Surrender. At any time prior to the end of the Access Period, you
may surrender the Contract by withdrawing the surrender value. If the Contract is surrendered, the Contract terminates and no further Periodic Income Payments will be made.
Termination. For IRA contracts, you may terminate i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage prior to the end of the Access Period by notifying us in writing. The termination will be effective on the next Rider Date anniversary after we receive the
notice. Upon termination, the i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage charge will end. Your Contract Value upon termination will be equal to the Account Value on the Valuation Date we terminate i4LIFE® Indexed
Advantage.
For nonqualified contracts, you may not terminate i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage once you have elected
it without terminating the entire Contract.
Annuity Payouts
When you apply for a Contract, you may select any Annuity Commencement Date permitted by law, which is usually on or before the Annuitant's 99th birthday. Your financial professional may recommend that you
annuitize at an earlier age.
The Contract provides optional forms of payouts of annuities (annuity options), each of which is payable on a variable basis, a fixed basis or a
combination of both as you specify. The Indexed Accounts are not available as Annuity Payout options. Any amounts in the Indexed Segments must be transferred out of the Indexed Segments at Interim Value prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date. The Contract provides that all or part of the Contract Value may be used to purchase an Annuity Payout option.
You may elect Annuity Payouts in monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual installments. If the payouts from any Subaccount would be or become less
than $50, we have the right to reduce their frequency until the payouts are at least $50 each. Following are explanations of the annuity options available.
56
Annuity Options
The annuity options outlined below do not apply to Contractowners who have elected i4LIFE® Indexed
Advantage.
Life Annuity. This option offers a periodic payout during the
lifetime of the Annuitant and ends with the last payout before the death of the Annuitant. This option offers the highest periodic payout since there is no guarantee of a minimum number of payouts or provision for a Death Benefit
for Beneficiaries. However, there is the risk under this option that the recipient would receive no payouts if the Annuitant dies before the date
set for the first payout; only one payout if death occurs before the second scheduled payout, and so on.
Life Annuity with Payouts Guaranteed for Designated Period. This
option guarantees periodic payouts during a designated period, usually 10 or 20 years, and then continues throughout the lifetime of the Annuitant. The designated period is selected by the Contractowner.
Joint Life Annuity. This option offers a periodic payout during
the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated joint Annuitant. The payouts continue during the lifetime of the survivor. However, under a
joint life annuity, if both Annuitants die before the date set for the first payout, no payouts will be made. Only one payment would be made if both deaths occur before the second scheduled payout, and so on.
Joint Life Annuity with Guaranteed Period. This option guarantees
periodic payouts during a designated period, usually 10 or 20 years, and continues during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated joint Annuitant. The payouts continue during the lifetime of the survivor. The
designated period is selected by the Contractowner.
Joint Life and Two Thirds to Survivor Annuity. This option
provides a periodic payout during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated joint Annuitant. When one of the joint Annuitants dies, the survivor receives two thirds of the periodic payout made when both were alive.
Joint Life and Two-Thirds Survivor Annuity with Guaranteed Period.
This option provides a periodic payout during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated joint Annuitant. When one of the joint Annuitants dies, the survivor receives two-thirds of the periodic payout made when both were
alive. This option further provides that should one or both of the Annuitants die during the elected guaranteed period, usually 10 or 20 years, full benefit payment will continue for the rest of the guaranteed period.
Life Annuity with Cash Refund. This option provides fixed annuity
benefit payments that will be made for the lifetime of the Annuitant with the guarantee that upon death, should (a) the total dollar amount applied to purchase this option be greater than (b) the fixed annuity benefit payment
multiplied by the number of annuity benefit payments paid prior to death, then a refund payment equal to the dollar amount of (a) minus (b) will be made.
Under the annuity options listed above, you may not make withdrawals. Other options, with or without withdrawal features, may be made available by
us. You may pre-select an Annuity Payout option as a method of paying the Death Benefit to a Beneficiary. If you do, the Beneficiary cannot change this payout option. You may change or revoke in writing to our Home Office, any
such selection, unless such selection was made irrevocable. If you have not already chosen an Annuity Payout option, the Beneficiary may choose any Annuity Payout option. At death, options are only available to the extent they are
consistent with the requirements of the Contract as well as Sections 72(s) and 401(a)(9) of the tax code, if applicable.
General Information
Any previously selected Death Benefit in effect before the Annuity Commencement Date will no longer be available on and after the
Annuity Commencement Date. Any portion of your Contract Value invested in the Indexed Accounts must be transferred to the Subaccounts or to a fixed Annuity Payout prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Amounts transferred will be
subject to an Interim Value calculation. If we have not heard from you by 30 days prior to the maturity date of the Contract, we will transfer the Interim Value for
each Indexed Segment to the LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund. You may change the Annuity Commencement Date, change the annuity option or change the allocation of the investment among Subaccounts up to 30 days before the scheduled
Annuity Commencement Date, upon written notice to the Home Office. You must give us at least 30 days’ notice before the date on which you want payouts to begin. We may require proof of age, sex, or survival of any payee upon whose
age, sex, or survival payments depend.
Unless you select another option, the Contract automatically provides for a life annuity with Annuity Payouts guaranteed for 10 years (on a fixed,
variable or combination of fixed and variable basis, in proportion to the account allocations at the time of annuitization) except when a joint life payout is required by law. Under any option providing for guaranteed period
payouts, the number of payouts which remain unpaid at the date of the Annuitant’s death (or surviving Annuitant’s death in case of joint life Annuity) will be paid to you or your Beneficiary as payouts become due after we are in
receipt of:
●
proof of the death, satisfactory to us;
●
written authorization for payment; and
●
all claim forms, fully completed.
57
Variable Annuity Payouts
Variable Annuity Payouts will be determined using:
●
the Contract Value on the Annuity Commencement Date, less any applicable premium taxes;
●
the annuity tables contained in the Contract;
●
the annuity option selected; and
●
the investment performance of the fund(s) selected.
To determine the amount of payouts, we make this calculation:
1.
Determine the dollar amount of the first periodic payout; then
2.
Credit the Contract with a fixed number of Annuity Units equal to the first periodic
payout divided by the Annuity Unit value; and
3.
Calculate the value of the Annuity Units each period thereafter.
Annuity Payouts assume an investment return of 3%, 4%, 5% or 6% per year, as applied to the applicable mortality table. Some of these assumed
interest rates may not be available in your state; therefore, please check with your financial professional. You may choose your assumed interest rate at the time you elect a variable Annuity Payout on the administrative form
provided by us. The higher the assumed interest rate you choose, the higher your initial annuity payment will be. The amount of each payout after the initial payout will depend upon how the underlying fund(s) perform, relative to
the assumed rate. If the actual net investment rate (annualized) exceeds the assumed rate, the payment will increase at a rate proportional to the amount of such excess. Conversely, if the actual net investment rate is less than
the assumed rate, annuity payments will decrease. The higher the assumed interest rate, the less likely future annuity payments are to increase, or the payments will increase more slowly than if a lower assumed rate was used.
There is a more complete explanation of this calculation in the SAI.
Small Contract Surrenders
We may surrender your Contract, in accordance with the laws of your state if:
●
your Contract Value drops below certain state specified minimum amounts ($1,000 or less)
for any reason, including if your Contract Value decreases due to the performance of the Subaccounts you selected;
●
no Purchase Payments have been received for two (2) full, consecutive Contract Years; and
●
the annuity benefit at the Annuity Commencement Date would be less than $20.00 per month
(these requirements may differ in some states).
At least 60 days before we surrender your Contract, we will send you a letter at your last address we have on file, to inform you that your Contract
will be surrendered. You will have the opportunity to make additional Purchase Payments to bring your Contract Value above the minimum level to avoid surrender. Surrenders from the Indexed Accounts will be calculated using the
Interim Value.
Delay of Payments
Contract proceeds from the VAA will be paid within seven days, except:
●
when the NYSE is closed (other than weekends and holidays);
●
times when market trading is restricted or the SEC declares an emergency, and we cannot
value units or the funds cannot redeem shares; or
●
when the SEC so orders to protect Contractowners.
If, pursuant to SEC rules, an underlying money market fund suspends payment of redemption proceeds in connection with a liquidation of the fund, we
will delay payment of any transfer, partial withdrawal, surrender, loan, or Death Benefit from the money market subaccount until the fund is liquidated.
Due to federal laws designed to counter terrorism and prevent money laundering by criminals, we may be required to reject a Purchase Payment and/or
deny payment of a request for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders, or Death Benefits, until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator. We also may be required to provide additional information about a Contractowner's
account to government regulators.
Reinvestment Privilege
You may elect to make a reinvestment purchase with any part of the proceeds of a surrender/withdrawal, including Advisory Fee Withdrawals, and we
will recredit that portion of the surrender/withdrawal charges attributable to the amount returned.
This election must be made by your written authorization to us on an approved Lincoln reinvestment form and received in our Home Office
within 30 days of the date of the surrender/withdrawal, and the repurchase must be of a Contract covered by this prospectus. Lincoln reserves the right to not reinstate certain riders and Death Benefits that were in effect prior to the surrender/withdrawal. In the case
of a qualified retirement plan, a representation must be made that the proceeds being used to make the purchase have retained
58
their tax-favored status under an arrangement for which the contracts offered by this prospectus are designed. The number of Accumulation Units
which will be credited when the proceeds are reinvested will be based on the value of the Accumulation Unit(s) on the next Valuation Date. This computation will occur following receipt of the proceeds and request for reinvestment at
the Home Office. You may utilize the reinvestment privilege only once. For tax reporting purposes, we will treat a surrender/withdrawal and a subsequent reinvestment purchase as separate transactions (and a Form 1099 may be issued,
if applicable). Any taxable distribution that is reinvested may still be reported as taxable. You should consult a tax advisor before you request a surrender/withdrawal or subsequent reinvestment purchase. Any portion of your
Contract Value that was previously allocated to an Indexed Account will be placed in the LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund. Indexed Accounts cannot be invested in until the next Indexed Anniversary Date.
Amendment of Contract
We reserve the right to amend the Contract to meet the requirements of the 1940 Act or other applicable federal or state laws or regulations. You
will be notified in writing of any changes, modifications or waivers. Any changes are subject to prior approval of your state’s insurance department (if required).
Distribution of the Contracts
Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. (“LFD”) serves as Principal Underwriter of this Contract. LFD is affiliated with Lincoln Life and is registered
as a broker-dealer with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of FINRA (Financial Industry Regulatory Authority). The Principal Underwriter has entered into selling agreements with broker-dealers
that are unaffiliated with us (“Selling Firms”). While the Principal Underwriter has the legal authority to make payments to broker-dealers which have entered into selling agreements, we will make such payments
on behalf of the Principal Underwriter in compliance with appropriate regulations. We also pay on behalf of LFD certain of its operating expenses related to the distribution of this and other of our contracts. The
Principal Underwriter may also offer “non-cash compensation”, as defined under FINRA’s rules, which includes among other things, merchandise, gifts, marketing support, sponsorships, seminars, entertainment and
travel expenses.
The investment firm/professional providing services for this product is compensated directly by advisory fees paid by the Contractowner.
Lincoln is not a party to this arrangement. You should ask your financial professional how he/she will be compensated for the sale of the Contract to you, or for any alternative proposal that may have been presented to
you. You should take such compensation into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation made to you in connection with the purchase of a Contract. The following paragraphs describe how payments are
made by us and the Principal Underwriter to various parties. No commissions are paid to financial intermediaries in connection with the sale of this Contract because such intermediaries receive compensation
in the form of advisory fees paid by Contractowners.
Compensation Paid to Selling Firms . No
commissions are paid in connection with the sale of this contract. LFD also acts as wholesaler of the contracts and performs certain marketing and other functions in support of the distribution and servicing of the
contracts. LFD may pay certain Selling Firms or their affiliates additional amounts for, among other things: (1) “preferred product” treatment of the contracts in their marketing programs, which may include
marketing services and increased access to financial professionals; (2) sales incentives relating to the contracts; (3) costs associated with sales conferences and educational seminars for their financial professionals;
(4) other sales expenses incurred by them; and (5) inclusion in the financial products the Selling Firm offers.
Lincoln Life may provide loans to broker-dealers or their affiliates to help finance marketing and distribution of the contracts, and those loans
may be forgiven if aggregate sales goals are met. In addition, we may provide staffing or other administrative support and services to broker-dealers who distribute the contracts. LFD, as wholesaler, may make bonus payments to
certain Selling Firms based on aggregate sales of our variable insurance contracts (including the contracts) or persistency standards.
These additional types of compensation are not offered to all Selling Firms. The terms of any particular agreement governing compensation
may vary among Selling Firms and the amounts may be significant. The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, additional compensation may provide Selling Firms and/or their financial professionals with an incentive to
favor sales of the contracts over other variable annuity contracts (or other investments) with respect to which a Selling Firm receives lower levels of or no additional compensation. You may wish to take such
payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation relating to the contracts. Additional information relating to compensation paid in 2024 is contained in the SAI.
Compensation Paid to Other Parties. Depending on the particular
selling arrangements, there may be others whom LFD compensates for the distribution activities. For example, LFD may compensate certain “wholesalers”, who control access to certain selling offices, for access to those offices or
for referrals, and that compensation may be separate from the compensation paid for sales of the contracts. LFD may compensate marketing organizations, associations, brokers or consultants which provide marketing assistance and
other services to broker-dealers who distribute the contracts, and which may be affiliated with those broker-dealers. Commissions and other incentives or payments described above are not charged directly to Contractowners or the
VAA. All compensation is paid from our resources, which include fees and charges imposed on your Contract.
We pay an education and support fee to First Trust Portfolios L.P. (First Trust) for their educational and sales support in connection with the
First Trust Capital Strength Methodology contained within the Capital Strength Net Fee IndexSM. This fee is an annual fee of
59
0.15% of the average daily value of the amount invested in the Capital Strength Indexed Accounts. First Trust will pay Lincoln an annual rate of
0.05% of the average daily value of the amount invested in the Capital Strength Indexed Accounts to compensate Lincoln for the expenses it incurs in assisting First Trust as it provides this education and support. These payments are
not charged directly to Contractowners, but are paid from our resources.
We pay a licensing fee to FTIS in the amount of 0.045%, and we pay an education and support fee in the amount of 0.150% to First Trust Portfolios
L.P. in connection with the First Trust American Leadership Index. These fees are based on the average monthly value of the amount invested in the First Trust American Leadership Indexed Accounts. These payments are not charged
directly to Contractowners but are paid from our resources.
Contractowner Questions
The obligations to purchasers under the contracts are those of Lincoln Life. This prospectus provides a general description of the material features
of the Contract. Contracts, endorsements and riders may vary as required by state law. Questions about your Contract should be directed to us at 1-877-737-6872.
Federal Tax Matters
Introduction
The Federal income tax treatment of the Contract is complex and sometimes uncertain. The Federal income tax rules may vary with your particular
circumstances. This discussion does not include all the Federal income tax rules that may affect you and your Contract. This discussion also does not address other Federal tax consequences (including consequences of sales to
foreign individuals or entities), or state or local tax consequences, associated with the Contract. As a result, you should always consult a tax advisor about the application of tax rules found in the Internal Revenue Code
(“Code”), Treasury Regulations and applicable IRS guidance to your individual situation.
Nonqualified Annuities
This part of the discussion describes some of the Federal income tax rules applicable to nonqualified annuities. A nonqualified annuity is a
contract not issued in connection with a qualified retirement plan, such as an IRA or a section 403(b) plan, receiving special tax treatment under the Code. We may not offer nonqualified annuities for all of our annuity products.
Tax Deferral On Earnings
Under the Code, you are generally not subject to tax on any increase in your Contract Value until you receive a Contract distribution. However, for
this general rule to apply, certain requirements must be satisfied:
●
An individual must own the Contract (or the Code must treat the Contract as owned by an
individual).
●
The investments of the VAA must be “adequately diversified” in accordance with Treasury
regulations.
●
Your right to choose particular investments for a Contract must be limited.
●
The Annuity Commencement Date must not occur near the end of the Annuitant’s life
expectancy.
Contracts Not Owned By An Individual
If a Contract is owned by an entity (rather than an individual) the Code generally does not treat it as an annuity contract for Federal income tax
purposes. This means that the entity owning the Contract pays tax currently on the excess of the Contract Value over the investment in the Contract. Examples of contracts where the owner pays current tax on the Contract’s earnings
are contracts issued to a corporation or a trust. Some exceptions to the rule are:
●
Contracts in which the named owner is a trust or other entity that holds the Contract as
an agent for an individual; however, this exception does not apply in the case of any employer that owns a contract to provide deferred compensation for its employees;
●
Immediate annuity contracts, purchased with a single premium, when the annuity starting
date is no later than a year from purchase and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the Annuity Payout period;
●
Contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent;
●
Certain qualified contracts;
●
Contracts purchased by employers upon the termination of certain qualified plans; and
●
Certain contracts used in connection with structured settlement agreements.
Investments In The VAA Must Be Diversified
For a Contract to be treated as an annuity for Federal income tax purposes, the investments of the VAA must be “adequately diversified.” Treasury
regulations define standards for determining whether the investments of the VAA are adequately diversified. If the VAA fails to comply with these diversification standards, you could be required to pay tax currently on the excess
of the Contract Value
60
over the investment in the Contract. Although we do not control the investments of the underlying investment options, we expect that the
underlying investment options will comply with the Treasury regulations so that the VAA will be considered “adequately diversified.”
Restrictions
The Code limits your right to choose particular investments for the Contract. Because the IRS has issued little guidance specifying those limits,
the limits are uncertain and your right to allocate Contract Values among the Subaccounts may exceed those limits. If so, you would be treated as the owner of the assets of the VAA and thus subject to current taxation on the
income and gains, if applicable, from those assets. We do not know what limits may be set by the IRS in any guidance that it may issue and whether any such limits will apply to existing contracts. We reserve the right to modify
the Contract without your consent in an attempt to prevent you from being considered as the owner of the assets of the VAA for purposes of the Code.
Loss Of Interest Deduction
After June 8, 1997, if a Contract is issued to a taxpayer that is not an individual, or if a Contract is held for the benefit of an entity, the
entity may lose a portion of its deduction for otherwise deductible interest expenses. However, this rule does not apply to a Contract owned by an entity engaged in a trade or business that covers the life of one individual who is
either (i) a 20% Owner of the entity, or (ii) an officer, director, or employee of the trade or business, at the time first covered by the Contract. This rule also does not apply to a Contract owned by an entity engaged in a trade
or business that covers the joint lives of the 20% Owner or the entity and the Owner’s spouse at the time first covered by the Contract.
Age At Which Annuity Payouts Begin
The Code does not expressly identify a particular age by which Annuity Payouts must begin. However, those rules do require that an annuity contract
provide for amortization, through Annuity Payouts, of the Contract’s Purchase Payments and earnings. As long as annuity payments begin or are scheduled to begin on a date on which the Annuitant’s remaining life expectancy is
enough to allow for a sufficient Annuity Payout period, the Contract should be treated as an annuity. If the annuity contract is not treated as an annuity, you would be currently taxed on the excess of the Contract Value over the
investment in the Contract.
Tax Treatment Of Payments
We make no guarantees regarding the tax treatment of any Contract or of any transaction involving a Contract. However, the rest of this discussion
assumes that your Contract will be treated as an annuity under the Code and that any increase in your Contract Value will not be taxed until there is a distribution from your Contract.
Taxation Of Withdrawals And Surrenders
You will pay tax on withdrawals to the extent your Contract Value exceeds your investment in the Contract. This income (and all other income from
your Contract) is considered ordinary income (and does not receive capital gains treatment and is not qualified dividend income). You will pay tax on a surrender to the extent the amount you receive exceeds your investment in the
Contract. In certain circumstances, your Purchase Payments and investment in the Contract are reduced by amounts received from your Contract that were not included in income. Surrender and reinstatement of your Contract will
generally be taxed as a withdrawal.
Payment of Investment Advisory Fees
On August 6, 2019, the IRS issued a private letter ruling (the “PLR”) to Lincoln that addressed the treatment of investment advisory fees (“Advisory
Fee Withdrawals”) paid out of the cash value of a non-qualified annuity contract. The PLR concluded that if a Contractowner authorizes payment of investment advisory fees out of the cash value of the non-qualified annuity
contract, the payment of those fees will not be treated as a distribution to the Contractowner. In order for this treatment to apply, the investment advisory fees must be determined based on an arms-length transaction between the
Contractowner and the financial professional, and cannot exceed an amount equal to an annual rate of 1.50% of the non-qualified annuity contract’s cash value. The fees can only compensate the financial professional for investment
advice provided to the Contractowner with respect to the non-qualified annuity contract, and cannot compensate the financial professional for any other services. Effective for tax year 2019 and beyond, if you have authorized
Lincoln to pay fees from the cash value of your non-qualified annuity Contract directly to your financial professional, Lincoln will not treat the payment of such fees as a distribution from your Contract if all the conditions
mentioned above are satisfied.
This PLR only applies to distributions from non-qualified annuity contract; it does not apply to distributions from qualified contracts. Please
see the Tax Treatment of Payments section under the Qualified Retirement Plans section below for future information regarding distributions from Qualified Plans.
61
Taxation Of Annuity Payouts, including Periodic Income Payments
The Code imposes tax on a portion of each Annuity Payout (at ordinary income tax rates) and treats a portion as a nontaxable return of your
investment in the Contract. We will notify you annually of the taxable amount of your Annuity Payout. Once you have recovered the total amount of the investment in the Contract, you will pay tax on the full amount of your Annuity
Payouts. If Annuity Payouts end because of the Annuitant’s death and before the total amount in the Contract has been distributed, the amount not received will generally be deductible. If withdrawals, other than Periodic Income
Payments, are taken from i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage during the Access Period, they are taxed subject to an exclusion ratio that is
determined based on the amount of the payment.
Taxation Of Death Benefits
We may distribute amounts from your Contract because of the death of a Contractowner or an Annuitant. The tax treatment of these amounts depends on
whether the Contractowner or the Annuitant dies before or after the Annuity Commencement Date.
Death prior to the Annuity Commencement Date:
●
If the Beneficiary receives Death Benefits under an Annuity Payout option, they are taxed
in the same manner as Annuity Payouts.
●
If the Beneficiary does not receive Death Benefits under an Annuity Payout option, they
are taxed in the same manner as a withdrawal.
Death after the Annuity Commencement Date:
●
If Death Benefits are received in accordance with the existing Annuity Payout option
following the death of a Contractowner who is not the Annuitant, they are excludible from income in the same manner as the Annuity Payout prior to the death of the Contractowner.
●
If Death Benefits are received in accordance with the existing Annuity Payout option
following the death of the Annuitant (whether or not the Annuitant is also the Contractowner), the Death Benefits are excludible from income if they do not exceed the investment in the Contract not yet distributed from the
Contract. All Annuity Payouts in excess of the investment in the Contract not previously received are includible in income.
●
If Death Benefits are received in a lump sum, the Code imposes tax on the amount of Death
Benefits which exceeds the amount of Purchase Payments not previously received.
Additional Taxes Payable On Withdrawals, Surrenders, Or Annuity Payouts
The Code may impose a 10% additional tax on any distribution from your Contract which you must include in your gross income. The 10% additional tax
does not apply if one of several exceptions exists. These exceptions include withdrawals, surrenders, or Annuity Payouts that:
●
you receive on or after you reach 59½,
●
you receive because you became disabled (as defined in the Code),
●
you receive from an immediate annuity,
●
a Beneficiary receives on or after your death, or
●
you receive as a series of substantially equal periodic payments based on your life or
life expectancy (non-natural owners holding as agent for an individual do not qualify).
Unearned Income Medicare Contribution
Congress enacted the “Unearned Income Medicare Contribution” as a part of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. This tax, which
affects individuals whose modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain thresholds, is a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the individual's “unearned income,” or (ii) the dollar amount by which the individual's modified adjusted
gross income exceeds the applicable threshold. Unearned income includes the taxable portion of distributions that you take from your annuity contract. If you take a distribution from your Contract that may be subject to the tax,
we will include a Distribution Code “D” in Box 7 of the Form 1099-R issued to report the distribution. Please consult your tax advisor to determine whether your annuity distributions are subject to this tax.
Special Rules If You Own More Than One Annuity Contract
In certain circumstances, you must combine some or all of the nonqualified annuity contracts you own in order to determine the amount of an Annuity
Payout, a surrender, or a withdrawal that you must include in income. For example, if you purchase two or more deferred annuity contracts from the same life insurance company (or its affiliates) during any calendar year, the Code
treats all such contracts as one contract. Treating two or more contracts as one contract could affect the amount of a surrender, a withdrawal or an Annuity Payout that you must include in income and the amount that might be
subject to the additional tax described previously.
Loans and Assignments
Except for certain qualified contracts, the Code treats any amount received as a loan under your Contract, and any assignment or pledge (or
agreement to assign or pledge) of any portion of your Contract Value, as a withdrawal of such amount or portion.
62
Gifting A Contract
If you transfer ownership of your Contract to a person other than to your spouse (or to your former spouse incident to divorce), and receive a
payment less than your Contract’s value, you will pay tax on your Contract Value to the extent it exceeds your investment in the Contract not previously received. The new owner’s investment in the Contract would then be increased
to reflect the amount included in income.
Charges for Additional Benefits
Your Contract automatically includes a basic Death Benefit and may include other optional riders. Certain enhancements to the basic Death Benefit
may also be available to you. The cost of the basic Death Benefit and any additional benefit are deducted from your Contract. It is possible that the tax law may treat all or a portion of the Death Benefit and other optional rider
charges, if any, as a contract withdrawal.
Special Considerations for Same-Sex Spouses
In 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court held that same-sex spouses who are married under state law are treated as spouses for purposes of federal law. You are strongly encouraged to consult a tax advisor before electing spousal rights under the Contract.
Qualified Retirement Plans
We have designed the contracts for use in connection with certain types of retirement plans that receive favorable treatment under the Code.
Contracts issued to or in connection with a qualified retirement plan are called “qualified contracts.” We issue contracts for use with various types of qualified retirement plans. The Federal income tax rules applicable to those
plans are complex and varied. As a result, this prospectus does not attempt to provide more than general information about the use of the Contract with the various types of qualified retirement plans. Persons planning to use the
Contract in connection with a qualified retirement plan should obtain advice from a competent tax advisor.
Types of Qualified Contracts and Terms of Contracts
Qualified retirement plans may include the following:
●
Individual Retirement Accounts and Annuities (“Traditional IRAs”)
●
Roth IRAs
●
Traditional IRA that is part of a Simplified Employee Pension Plan (“SEP”)
●
SIMPLE 401(k) plans (Savings Incentive Matched Plan for Employees)
●
401(a) / (k) plans (qualified corporate employee pension and profit-sharing plans)
●
403(a) plans (qualified annuity plans)
●
403(b) plans (public school system and tax-exempt organization annuity plans)
●
H.R. 10 or Keogh Plans (self-employed individual plans)
●
457(b) plans (deferred compensation plans for state and local governments and tax-exempt
organizations)
Our individual variable annuity products are not available for use with any of the foregoing qualified retirement plan accounts, with the exception
of Traditional IRA, SEP IRA, and Roth IRA arrangements. We will amend contracts to be used with a qualified retirement plan as generally necessary to conform to the Code’s requirements for the type of plan. However, the rights of
a person to any qualified retirement plan benefits may be subject to the plan’s terms and conditions, regardless of the contract’s terms and conditions. In addition, we are not bound by the terms and conditions of qualified
retirement plans to the extent such terms and conditions contradict the contract, unless we consent.
The Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement (SECURE) Act of 2019
The Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement (SECURE) Act (the “SECURE Act”) was enacted on December 20, 2019. The SECURE Act made a
number of significant changes to the rules that apply to qualified retirement plans and IRA’s, including the following:
●
Eliminated the age 70½ limit for making contributions to an IRA. Beginning in 2020, an IRA
owner can make contributions to his or her IRA at any age.
●
Changed the required minimum distribution rules that apply after the death of a
participant or IRA owner.
●
Created the “Qualified Birth or Adoption” exception to the 10% additional tax on early
distributions.
The Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement 2.0 (SECURE 2.0)
The Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement (SECURE 2.0) Act (the “SECURE 2.0 Act”) was enacted on December 29, 2022. The SECURE 2.0
Act made specific changes to retirement plans and IRA’s, including:
●
Increased the required beginning date measuring age from age 72 to 73 for any participant
or IRA owner who did not attain age
63
72 prior to January 1, 2023. As a result, required minimum distributions are generally required to
begin by April 1 of the year following the year in which the participant or IRA owner reaches age 73.
●
Further increased the required beginning date measuring age to 75 by 2033.
●
Created exception to the 10% additional tax for distributions for domestic violence and
emergencies.
●
Added provisions that permit rollover of 529 plan amounts to a Roth IRA for the
beneficiary, within certain limits.
Tax Treatment of Qualified Contracts
The Federal income tax rules applicable to qualified retirement plans and qualified contracts vary with the type of plan and contract. For example:
●
Federal tax rules limit the amount of Purchase Payments or contributions that can be made,
and the tax deduction or exclusion that may be allowed for the contributions. These limits vary depending on the type of qualified retirement plan and the participant’s specific circumstances (e.g., the participant’s compensation).
●
Minimum annual distributions are required under some qualified retirement plans once you
reach age 73 or retire, if later as described below.
●
Loans are allowed under certain types of qualified retirement plans, but Federal income
tax rules prohibit loans under other types of qualified retirement plans. For example, Federal income tax rules permit loans under some section 403(b) plans, but prohibit loans under Traditional and Roth IRAs. If allowed, loans
are subject to a variety of limitations, including restrictions as to the loan amount, the loan’s duration, the rate of interest, and the manner of repayment. Your Contract or plan may not permit loans.
Please note that qualified retirement plans such as 403(b) plans, 401(k) plans and IRAs generally defer taxation of contributions and earnings until
distribution. As such, an annuity does not provide any additional tax deferral benefit beyond the qualified retirement plan itself.
Tax Treatment of Payments
The Federal income tax rules generally include distributions from a qualified contract in the participant’s income as ordinary income. These taxable
distributions will include contributions that were deductible or excludible from income. Thus, under many qualified contracts, the total amount received is included in income since a deduction or exclusion from income was taken
for contributions to the contract. There are exceptions. For example, you do not include amounts received from a Roth IRA in income if certain conditions are satisfied.
Required Minimum Distributions
Under most qualified plans, you must begin receiving payments from the Contract in certain minimum amounts by your “required beginning date”. Prior
to the SECURE 2.0 Act, the required beginning date was April 1 of the year following the year you attain age 72 or retired. If you did not attain age 72 prior to January 1, 2023, then your required beginning date will be April 1
of the year following the year in which you attain age 73 or retire. If you own a traditional IRA, your required beginning date under prior law was April 1 of the year following the year in which you attained age 72. If you did
not attain age 72 prior to January 1, 2023, then your required beginning date will be April 1 of the year following the year in which you attain age 73. If you own a Roth IRA, you are not required to receive minimum distributions
from your Roth IRA during your life.
Failure to comply with the minimum distribution rules applicable to certain qualified plans, such as Traditional IRAs, will result in the imposition
of an excise tax. This excise tax is applied to the amount
by which a required minimum distribution exceeds the actual distribution from the qualified plan.
Treasury regulations applicable to required minimum distributions include a rule that may impact the distribution method you have chosen and the
amount of your distributions. Under these regulations, the presence of an enhanced Death Benefit, or other benefit which could provide additional value to your Contract, may require you to take additional distributions. An
enhanced Death Benefit is any Death Benefit that has the potential to pay more than the Contract Value or a return of investment in the Contract. Annuity contracts inside Custodial or Trusteed IRAs will also be subject to these
regulations. Please contact your tax advisor regarding any tax ramifications.
Additional Tax on Early Distributions from Qualified Retirement Plans
The Code may impose a 10% additional tax on an early distribution from a qualified contract that must be included in income. The Code does not
impose the additional tax if one of several exceptions applies. The exceptions vary depending on the type of qualified contract you purchase. For example, in the case of an IRA, the 10% additional tax will not apply to any of the
following withdrawals, surrenders, or Annuity Payouts:
●
Distribution received on or after the Annuitant reaches 59½,
●
Distribution received on or after the Annuitant’s death or because of the Annuitant’s
disability (as defined in the Code),
●
Distribution received as a series of substantially equal periodic payments based on the
Annuitant’s life (or life expectancy),
●
Distribution received as reimbursement for certain amounts paid for medical care, or
64
●
Distribution received for a “qualified birth or adoption” event.
These exceptions, as well as certain others not described here, generally apply to taxable distributions from other qualified retirement plans.
However, the specific requirements of the exception may vary.
Unearned Income Medicare Contribution
Congress enacted the “Unearned Income Medicare Contribution” as a part of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. This tax affects
individuals whose modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain thresholds, is a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the individual’s “unearned income,” or (ii) the dollar amount by which the individual’s modified adjusted gross income
exceeds the applicable threshold. Distributions that you take from your Contract are not included in the calculation of unearned income because your Contract is a qualified plan contract. However, the amount of any such
distribution is included in determining whether you exceed the modified adjusted gross income threshold. Please consult your tax advisor to determine whether your annuity distributions are subject to this tax.
Transfers and Direct Rollovers
As a result of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA), you may be able to move funds between different types of
qualified plans, such as 403(b) and 457(b) governmental plans, by means of a rollover or transfer. You may be able to rollover or transfer amounts between qualified plans and traditional IRAs. These rules do not apply to Roth IRAs
and 457(b) non-governmental tax-exempt plans. There are special rules that apply to rollovers, direct rollovers and transfers (including rollovers or transfers of after-tax amounts). If the applicable rules are not followed, you
may incur adverse Federal income tax consequences, including paying taxes which you might not otherwise have had to pay. Before we send a rollover distribution, we will provide a notice explaining tax withholding requirements (see
Federal Income Tax Withholding). We are not required to send you such notice for your IRA. You should always consult your tax advisor before you move or attempt to move any funds.
The IRS issued Announcement 2014-32 confirming its intent to apply the one-rollover-per-year limitation of 408(d)(3)(B) on an aggregate basis to all
IRAs that an individual owns. This means that an individual cannot make a tax-free IRA-to-IRA rollover if he or she has made such a rollover involving any of the individual’s IRAs in the current tax year. If an intended rollover
does not qualify for tax-free rollover treatment, contributions to your IRA may constitute excess contributions that may exceed contribution limits. This one-rollover-per-year limitation does not apply to direct trustee-to-trustee
transfers.
Direct Conversions and Recharacterizations
The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) permits direct conversions from certain qualified, retirement, 403(b) or 457(b) plans to Roth IRAs
(effective for distributions after 2007). You are also permitted to recharacterize your traditional IRA contribution as a Roth IRA contribution, and to recharacterize your Roth IRA contribution as a traditional IRA contribution.
The deadline for the recharacterization is the due date (including extensions) for your individual income tax return for the year in which the contribution was made. Upon recharacterization, you are treated as having made the
contribution originally to the second IRA account. The recharacterization does not count toward the one-rollover-per-year limitation described above.
Effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Pub. L. No. 115-97), recharacterizations are no
longer allowed in the case of a conversion from a non-Roth account or annuity to a Roth IRA. This limitation applies to conversions made from pre-tax accounts under an IRA, qualified retirement plan, 403(b) plan, or 457(b) plan.
Roth IRA conversions made in 2017 may be recharacterized as a contribution to a traditional IRA if the recharacterization is completed by October 15, 2018.
There are special rules that apply to conversions and recharacterizations, and if they are not followed, you may incur adverse Federal income tax
consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before completing a conversion or recharacterization.
Death Benefit and IRAs
Pursuant to Treasury regulations, IRAs may not invest in life insurance contracts. We do not believe that these regulations prohibit the Death
Benefit from being provided under the Contract when we issue the Contract as a Traditional or Roth IRA. However, the law is unclear and it is possible that the presence of the Death Benefit under a Contract issued as a Traditional
or Roth IRA could result in increased taxes to you. Certain Death Benefit options may not be available for all of our products.
Federal Income Tax Withholding
We will withhold and remit to the IRS a part of the taxable portion of each distribution made under a Contract unless you notify us in writing prior
to the distribution that tax is not to be withheld. In certain circumstances, Federal income tax rules may require us to withhold tax. At the time a withdrawal, surrender, or Annuity Payout is requested, we will give you an
explanation of the withholding requirements.
Certain payments from your Contract may be considered eligible rollover distributions (even if such payments are not being rolled over). Such
distributions may be subject to special tax withholding requirements. The Federal income tax withholding rules require that we withhold 20% of the eligible rollover distribution from the payment amount, unless you elect to have
the amount directly
65
transferred to certain qualified plans or contracts. The IRS requires that tax be withheld, even if you have requested otherwise. Such tax
withholding requirements are generally applicable to 401(a), 403(a) or (b), HR 10, and 457(b) governmental plans and contracts used in connection with these types of plans.
Our Tax Status
Under the Code, we are not required to pay tax on investment income and realized capital gains of the VAA. We do not expect that we will incur any
Federal income tax liability on the income and gains earned by the VAA. However, the Company does expect, to the extent permitted under the Code, to claim the benefit of the foreign tax credit as the owner of the assets of the
VAA. Therefore, we do not impose a charge for Federal income taxes. If there are any changes in the Code that require us to pay tax on some or all of the income and gains earned by the VAA, we may impose a charge against the VAA
to pay the taxes.
Changes in the Law
The above discussion is based on the Code, related regulations, and interpretations existing on the date of this prospectus. However, Congress, the
IRS, and the courts may modify these authorities, sometimes retroactively.
Additional Information
Voting Rights
As required by law, we will vote the fund shares held in the VAA at meetings of the shareholders of the funds. The voting will be done according to
the instructions of Contractowners who have interests in any Subaccounts which invest in classes of the funds. If the 1940 Act or any regulation under it should be amended or if present interpretations should change, and if as a
result we determine that we are permitted to vote the fund shares in our own right, we may elect to do so.
The number of votes which you have the right to cast will be determined by applying your percentage interest in a Subaccount to the total number of
votes attributable to the Subaccount. In determining the number of votes, fractional shares will be recognized.
Each underlying fund is subject to the laws of the state in which it is organized concerning, among other things, the matters which are subject to a
shareholder vote, the number of shares which must be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of shareholders (a “quorum”), and the percentage of such shares present in person or by proxy which must vote in favor of matters
presented. Because shares of the underlying fund held in the VAA are owned by us, and because under the 1940 Act we will vote all such shares in the same proportion as the voting instructions which we receive, it is important that
each Contractowner provide their voting instructions to us. For funds un-affiliated with Lincoln, even though Contractowners may choose not to provide voting instruction, the shares of a fund to which such Contractowners would
have been entitled to provide voting instruction will be voted by us in the same proportion as the voting instruction which we actually receive. For funds affiliated with Lincoln, shares of a fund to which such Contractowners
would have been entitled to provide voting instruction will, once we receive a sufficient number of instructions we deem appropriate to ensure a fair representation of Contractowners eligible to vote, be voted by us in the same
proportion as the voting instruction which we actually receive. As a result, the instruction of a small number of Contractowners could determine the outcome of matters subject to shareholder vote. All shares voted by us will be
counted when the underlying fund determines whether any requirement for a minimum number of shares be present at such a meeting to satisfy a quorum requirement has been met. Voting instructions to abstain on any item to be voted
on will be applied proportionately to reduce the number of votes eligible to be cast.
Whenever a shareholders meeting is called, we will provide or make available to each person having a voting interest in a Subaccount proxy voting
material, reports and other materials relating to the funds. Since the funds engage in shared funding, other persons or entities besides Lincoln Life may vote fund shares. See Investments of the Variable Annuity Account.
There are no voting rights associated with the Indexed Accounts.
Return Privilege
Within the free-look period after you receive the Contract, you may cancel it for any reason. A Contract canceled under this provision will be void.
Except as explained in the following paragraph, we will return the Contract Value as of the Valuation Date on which we receive the cancellation request, which includes the Interim Value for the Indexed Accounts, and any premium
taxes which had been deducted. A purchaser who participates in the VAA is subject to the risk of a market loss on the Contract Value during the
free-look period. A purchaser who participates in the Indexed Accounts risks the loss of principal as it will be based on Interim Value.
For Contracts written in those states whose laws require that we assume this market risk during the free-look period, a Contract may be canceled,
subject to the conditions explained before, except that we will return the greater of the Purchase Payment(s) or Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we receive the cancellation request, plus any premium taxes that had been
deducted. IRA purchasers will also receive the greater of Purchase Payments or Contract Value as of the Valuation Date on which we receive the cancellation request. Any advisory fees paid to your advisor during the free-look
period will not be returned.
66
If you cancel this Contract within the free-look period, we reserve the right not to accept another application for this Contract for a period of
six months.
State Regulation
As a life insurance company organized and operated under Indiana law, we are subject to provisions governing life insurers and to regulation by the
Indiana Commissioner of Insurance. Our books and accounts are subject to review and examination by the Indiana Department of Insurance at all times. A full examination of our operations is conducted by that Department at least
every five years.
Records and Reports
As presently required by the 1940 Act and applicable regulations, we are responsible for maintaining all records and accounts relating to
the VAA. We have entered into an agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, 2323 Grand Boulevard , 5 th Floor ,
Kansas City, MO 64108 , to provide accounting services to the VAA. We will mail to you, at your last known address of record at the Home Office, at least semi-annually after the first Contract
Year, reports containing information required by that Act or any other applicable law or regulation.
A written (or electronic, if elected) confirmation of each transaction will be provided to you on the next Valuation Date, except for the following
transactions, which are mailed quarterly:
●
deduction of any account fee or rider charges;
●
any rebalancing event under the portfolio rebalancing service;
●
any transfer or withdrawal under AWS; and
●
Periodic Income Payments from i4LIFE® Indexed
Advantage.
Reliance On Rule 12h-7
We rely on the exemption from the reporting requirements of Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934
Act”), provided by Rule 12h-7 under the 1933 Act with respect to registered non-variable insurance contracts (such as the Contract) that we issue.
Electronic Delivery
You may elect to receive your Contract, prospectus, prospectus supplements, quarterly statements, and other notices electronically over the
Internet, if you have an e-mail account and access to an Internet browser. Once you select eDelivery, via the Internet Service Center, all documents available in electronic format will no longer be sent to you in hard copy. You
will receive an e-mail notification when the documents become available online. It is your responsibility to provide us with your current e-mail address. You can resume paper mailings at any time without cost, by updating your
profile at the Internet Service Center, or contacting us. To learn more about this service, please log on to www.LincolnFinancial.com, select service centers and continue on through the Internet Service Center.
Legal Proceedings
In the ordinary course of its business and otherwise, the Company and its subsidiaries or its separate accounts and Principal Underwriter may become
or are involved in various pending or threatened regulatory or legal proceedings, including purported class actions, arising from the conduct of its business. In some instances, the proceedings include claims for unspecified or
substantial punitive damages and similar types of relief in addition to amounts for alleged contractual liability or requests for equitable relief.
After consultation with legal counsel and a review of available facts, it is management’s opinion that the proceedings, after consideration of any
reserves and rights to indemnification, ultimately will be resolved without any material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries, or the financial position of its separate accounts
or Principal Underwriter. However, given the large and indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these proceedings and the inherent difficulty in predicting the outcome of such proceedings, it is reasonably possible that an
adverse outcome in certain matters could be material to the Company’s operating results for any particular reporting period.
Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for possible additional information regarding legal proceedings.
Financial Statements
The December 31, 2024 financial statements of the VAA and the December 31, 2024 consolidated financial statements of Lincoln Life are
located in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI). If you would like a free copy of the SAI, complete and mail the request on the last page of this prospectus, or call 1-877-737-6872.
67
Appendix A — Investment Options Available Under The Contract
Variable Options
The following is a list of funds currently available under the Contract. More information about the funds is available in the
prospectuses for the Funds, which may be amended from time to time and can be found online at www.lfg.com/VAprospectus. You can also request this information and current fund performance at no cost by calling
1-877-737-6872 or by sending an email request to [email protected]. Current performance of the Subaccounts can be found at www.lfg.com/VAprospectus.
The current expenses and performance information below reflects fees and expenses of the Fund, but do not reflect the other fees and expenses that
your Contract may charge. Expenses would be higher and performance would be lower if these other charges were included. Each fund’s past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance.
|
Investment Objective
|
Fund and
Adviser/Sub-adviser 1
|
Current Expenses
|
Average Annual Total
Returns (as of 12/31/2024)
|
||
|
|
|
|
1 year
|
5 year
|
10 year
|
|
High total return (including income and
capital gains) consistent with preservation
of capital over the long term.
|
American Funds Asset Allocation Fund -
Class 4
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
|
Growth of capital.
|
American Funds Growth Fund - Class 4
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
|
Long-term growth of capital.
|
Fidelity ®
VIP Mid Cap Portfolio - Service
Class 2
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
|
To provide capital appreciation.
|
First Trust Capital Strength Portfolio –
Class
I
|
XX 2
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
|
To provide total return by allocating among
dividend-paying stocks and investment
grade bonds.
|
First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend &
Income
Allocation Portfolio - Class I 6
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
|
Long-term capital appreciation;
preservation of capital is also an important
consideration.
|
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund -
Class
4
|
XX 2
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
|
To seek to achieve a high level of total
return on its assets through a combination
of capital appreciation and current income.
|
Invesco V.I. Equally-Weighted S&P
500
Fund - Series II Shares 5
This fund is not available in contracts
issued on or after June 21, 2021.
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
|
High total investment return.
|
LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Fund -
Service Class
advised by Lincoln Financial
Investments
Corporation
|
XX 2
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
|
Current income while (i)maintaining a
stable value of your shares (providing
stability of net asset value) and (ii)
preserving the value of your initial
investment (preservation of capital).
|
LVIP Government Money Market Fund -
Service Class
advised by Lincoln Financial
Investments
Corporation
|
XX 2
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
|
To maximize total return by investing
primarily in a diversified portfolio of
intermediate- and long-term debt securities.
|
LVIP JPMorgan Core Bond Fund - Service
Class
advised by Lincoln Financial
Investments
Corporation
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
|
Capital Appreciation.
|
LVIP MFS Value Fund - Service Class
advised by Lincoln Financial
Investments
Corporation
|
XX 2
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
A-1
|
Investment Objective
|
Fund and
Adviser/Sub-adviser 1
|
Current Expenses
|
Average Annual Total
Returns (as of 12/31/
2024)
|
||
|
|
|
|
1 year
|
5 year
|
10 year
|
|
To seek a high level of current income
consistent with preservation of capital.
|
LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund -
Service Class
advised by Lincoln Financial
Investments
Corporation
|
XX 2
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
|
To approximate as closely as practicable,
before fees and expenses, the performance
of a broad market index of non-U.S. foreign
securities.
|
LVIP SSGA International Index Fund -
Service Class
advised by Lincoln Financial
Investments
Corporation
|
XX 2
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
|
To approximate as closely as practicable,
before fees and expenses, the total rate of
return of common stocks publicly traded in
the United States, as represented by the
S&P 500 Index.
|
LVIP SSGA S&P 500 Index Fund -
Service
Class 4
advised by Lincoln Financial
Investments
Corporation
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
|
To approximate as closely as practicable,
before fees and expenses, the performance
of the Russell 2000 ®
Index, which
emphasizes stocks of small U.S.
companies.
|
LVIP SSGA Small-Cap Index Fund - Service
Class
advised by Lincoln Financial
Investments
Corporation
|
XX 2
|
XX
|
XX
|
XX
|
1
The name of the adviser or sub-adviser is not listed if the name is incorporated
into the name of the fund or the fund company.
2
This fund is subject to an expense reimbursement or fee waiver arrangement. As a
result, this fund’s annual expenses reflect temporary expense reductions. See the fund prospectus for additional information.
3
Investments in Macquarie VIP Series, Delaware Funds, Ivy Funds, LVIP Macquarie
Funds or Lincoln Life accounts managed by Macquarie Investment Management Advisers, a series of Macquarie Investments Management Business Trust, are not and will not be deposits with or liabilities of Macquarie Bank Limited ABN
46008 583 542 and its holding companies, including their subsidiaries or related companies, and are subject to investment risk, including possible delays in prepayment and loss of income and capital invested. No Macquarie Group
company guarantees or will guarantee the performance of the series or funds or accounts, the repayment of capital from the series or funds or account, or any particular rate of return.
4
The Index to which this fund is managed to is a product of S&P Dow Jones
Indices LLC (SPDJI) and has been licensed for use by one or more of the portfolio’s service providers (licensee). Standard & Poor’s®, S&P®, S&P GSCI® and S&P 500® are registered trademarks of S&P Global, Inc. or its affiliates (S&P) and
Dow Jones® is a registered
trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (Dow Jones). The trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by the licensee. The licensee’s products are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or
promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P, their respective affiliates, or their third party licensors, and none of these parties or their respective affiliates or third party licensors make any representation regarding the
advisability of investing in such products, nor do they have liability for any errors, omissions, or interruptions of the Index.
5
Standard & Poor’s®,” “S&P®,” “Standard & Poor’s Equal Weight Index,” “S&P EWI,” “S&P 500®,” “Standard & Poor’s 500” and “500” are
trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Invesco V.I. Equally-Weighted S&P 500 Fund. The fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P, and S&P makes no
representation regarding the advisability of investing in the fund.
6
Dow Jones is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“Dow
Jones”). The trademark has been licensed to S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC and has been sublicensed for use for certain purposes by First Trust Advisors L.P. The product is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard
& Poor's and Standard & Poor's makes no representation regarding the advisability of purchasing the product.
Indexed Accounts
The following is a list of Indexed Accounts currently available under the Contract. We may change the features of the Indexed Accounts
listed below (including the Index and the current limits on Index gains and losses), offer new Indexed Accounts and terminate existing Indexed Accounts. We will provide you with written notice before making any changes
other than changes to the current limits on Index gains. Information about current limits on Index gains is available at www.lfg.com/llarates.
Note: If amounts are removed from an Indexed Account before the end of its Indexed Term, we will apply a Contract Adjustment based
on Interim Value. This may result in significant reduction in your Contract Value that could exceed any protection from Index loss that would be in place if you held the option until the end of the Indexed Term. See
Indexed Accounts – Interim Value in the prospectus for additional details.
|
Index
|
Type of Index
|
Term
Duration
|
Index Crediting
Methodology
|
Protection Method and
Amount of Protection
|
Guaranteed Minimum
Declared Crediting
Rate
|
|
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index 1
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
A-2
|
Index
|
Type of Index
|
Term
Duration
|
Index Crediting
Methodology
|
Protection Method and
Amount of Protection
|
Guaranteed Minimum
Declared Crediting
Rate
|
|
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index 1
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to Point
|
15% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index 1
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
20% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contracts purchased on or about
June 20, 2023.
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
100% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
Russell 2000 ® Price
Return Index 1
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
Capital Strength Net Fee Index SM 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contracts purchased on or about
June 20, 2023.
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
First Trust American Leadership
Index TM 1
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
First Trust American Leadership
Index TM 1
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
15% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
MSCI EAFEE Index 1
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
Nasdaq-100 Price Return Index ® 1
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
15% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index 1
This Indexed Account is not available
to contracts issued on and after August
21, 2023. This Indexed Account is no
longer available for existing
Contractowners at the end of their
current Term or on any Indexed
Anniversary Date on or after November
20, 2023.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index 1
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
20% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index 1
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
30% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
Russell 2000 ® Price
Return Index 1
This Indexed Account is not available
to contracts issued on and after August
21, 2023. This Indexed Account is no
longer available for existing
Contractowners at the end of their
current Term or on any Indexed
Anniversary Date on or after November
20, 2023.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
A-3
|
Index
|
Type of Index
|
Term
Duration
|
Index Crediting
Methodology
|
Protection Method and
Amount of Protection
|
Guaranteed Minimum
Declared Crediting
Rate
|
|
Russell 2000 ® Price
Return Index 1
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
20% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
Russell 2000 ® Price
Return Index 1
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
30% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
Capital Strength Net Fee Index SM 1
This Indexed Account is not available
to contracts issued on and after August
21, 2023. This Indexed Account is no
longer available for existing
Contractowners at the end of their
current Term or on any Indexed
Anniversary Date on or after November
20, 2023.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
Capital Strength Net Fee Index SM 1
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
20% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
Capital Strength Net Fee Index SM 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contracts purchased on or about
May 2023, or after.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
30% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
First Trust American Leadership
Index TM 1
This Indexed Account is not available
to contracts issued on and after August
21, 2023. This Indexed Account is no
longer available for existing
Contractowners at the end of their
current Term or on any Indexed
Anniversary Date on or after November
20, 2023.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
First Trust American Leadership
Index TM 1
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
20% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
MSCI EAFE Index TM 1
This Indexed Account is not available
to contracts issued on and after August
21, 2023. This Indexed Account is no
longer available for existing
Contractowners at the end of their
current Term or on any Indexed
Anniversary Date on or after November
20, 2023.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index 1
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Participation
Rate
|
|
Capital Strength Net Fee Index SM1
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Participation
Rate
|
|
First Trust American Leadership
Index SM1
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Participation
Rate
|
A-4
|
Index
|
Type of Index
|
Term
Duration
|
Index Crediting
Methodology
|
Protection Method and
Amount of Protection
|
Guaranteed Minimum
Declared Crediting
Rate
|
|
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contracts purchased on or about
August 21, 2023, or after. This Indexed
Account is available for all
Contractowners on or about November
20, 2023.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Participation
Rate
|
|
Russell 2000 ® Price
Return Index 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contracts purchased on or about
August 21, 2023, or after. This Indexed
Account is available for all
Contractowners on or about November
20, 2023.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Participation
Rate
|
|
Capital Strength Net Fee Index 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contracts purchased on or about
August 21, 2023, or after. This Indexed
Account is available for all
Contractowners on or about November
20, 2023.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Participation
Rate
|
|
First Trust American Leadership
Index TM1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contracts purchased on or about
August 21, 2023, or after. This Indexed
Account is available for all
Contractowners on or about November
20, 2023.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Participation
Rate
|
|
MSCI EAFE Index 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contracts purchased on or about
August 21, 2023, or after. This Indexed
Account is available for all
Contractowners on or about November
20, 2023.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Participation
Rate
|
|
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index 1
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Trigger Rate
|
|
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index 1
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
15% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Trigger Rate
|
A-5
|
Index
|
Type of Index
|
Term
Duration
|
Index Crediting
Methodology
|
Protection Method and
Amount of Protection
|
Guaranteed Minimum
Declared Crediting
Rate
|
|
S&P 500 ®
Price Return Index 1
This Indexed Account is not available
to contracts issued on and after August
21, 2023. This Indexed Account is no
longer available for existing
Contractowners at the end of their
current Term or on any Indexed
Anniversary Date on or after November
20, 2023.
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
20% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Trigger Rate
|
|
Nasdaq-100 ® Price Return Index 1
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
15% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Trigger Rate
|
|
First Trust American Leadership
Index TM 1
|
Exchange Traded Fund
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Trigger Rate
|
|
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contract purchased on or about
August 21, 2023, or after, subject to
state availability.
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Dual
Performance
Trigger Rate
|
|
Russell 2000 ® Price
Return Index 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contract purchased on or about
August 21, 2023, or after, subject to
state availability.
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Dual
Performance
Trigger Rate
|
|
Capital Strength Net Fee Index SM 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contract purchased on or about
August 21, 2023, or after, subject to
state availability.
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Dual
Performance
Trigger Rate
|
|
First Trust American Leadership
Index TM 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contract purchased on or about
August 21, 2023, or after, subject to
state availability.
|
Market Index
|
1-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Dual
Performance
Trigger Rate
|
|
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contract purchased on or about
August 21, 2023, or after, subject to
state availability.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
15% Dual Plus
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
Russell 2000 ® Price
Return Index 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contract purchased on or about
August 21, 2023, or after, subject to
state availability.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
15% Dual Plus
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
A-6
|
Index
|
Type of Index
|
Term
Duration
|
Index Crediting
Methodology
|
Protection Method and
Amount of Protection
|
Guaranteed Minimum
Declared Crediting
Rate
|
|
Capital Strength Net Fee Index SM 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contract purchased on or about
August 21, 2023, or after, subject to
state availability.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
15% Dual Plus
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
First Trust American Leadership
Index TM 1
This Indexed Account is available for
all Contract purchased on or about
August 21, 2023, or after, subject to
state availability.
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Point-to-Point
|
15% Dual Plus
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
S&P 500 ® Price
Return Index 1
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Annual Lock
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
Russell 2000 ® Price
Return Index 1
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Annual Lock
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
Capital Strength Net Fee Index 1
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Annual Lock
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
|
MSCI EAFE Index 1
|
Market Index
|
6-Year
|
Annual Lock
|
10% Protection
Level
|
N/A Performance
Cap
|
1 The Index is a
“price return Index,” not a “total return Index,” and therefore does not reflect dividends paid on the securities composing the Index. This will reduce the Index return and may cause the Index to underperform a direct
investment in the securities composing the Index.
2 This Indexed Account
provides total protection from Index losses at the end of the Indexed Term.
The Capital Strength Net Fee Index SM and First American Trust Leadership Index TM deduct fees and costs when calculating Index performance which will reduce the Index return and cause each Index to underperform a direct investment in the securities
composing the Index.
Each Indexed Account’s limit on Index losses is guaranteed not to change for as long as that Indexed Account remains available under the
Contract. However, we reserve the right to add and remove Indexed Accounts and to offer Indexed Accounts with different Crediting Methods or Protection Methods. As such, the limits on Index loss offered under the Contract
may change from one Indexed Term to the next. We do not guarantee that the Contract will always offer Indexed Accounts that limit Index losses. See Indexed Accounts in the prospectus for additional details.
A-7
Appendix B – Index Disclosures
S& P 500 ® Price Return Index
The S& P 500 ® Price
Return Index is a product of S& P Dow Jones Indices LLC or its affiliates ( “ SPDJI” ), and has been licensed for use by The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (“Lincoln”).
Standard & Poor’s ® ,
S&P ® , and S&P 500 ® are registered trademarks of Standard
& Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“S&P”); Dow Jones ® is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“Dow Jones”); and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by Lincoln. It
is not possible to invest directly in an index. Lincoln’s Product(s) are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P, or any of their respective affiliates (collectively, “S&P Dow Jones Indices”). S&P Dow Jones Indices does not make any representation
or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of Lincoln’s Product(s) or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities
generally or in Lincoln’s Product(s) particularly or the ability of the S&P 500 ® Price Return Index to track general market performance. Past performance of an index is not an indication or guarantee of future results. S&P Dow Jones Indices’
only relationship to Lincoln with respect to the S&P 500 ® Price Return Index is the licensing of the Index and certain trademarks, service marks and/or trade names of S&P Dow Jones Indices and/or its licensors. The S&P 500 ® Price Return Index is determined,
composed and calculated by S&P Dow Jones Indices without regard to Lincoln or Lincoln’s Product(s). S&P Dow Jones Indices have no obligation to take the needs of Lincoln or the owners of Lincoln’s Product(s) into
consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500 ® Price Return Index. S&P Dow Jones Indices are not responsible for and have not participated in the determination of the prices, and amount of Lincoln’s Product(s)
or the timing of the issuance or sale of Lincoln’s Product(s) or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which Lincoln’s Product(s) is to be converted into cash, surrendered or redeemed, as
the case may be. S& P Dow Jones Indices has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of Lincoln’s Product ( s ) . There is no assurance that investment products based on the S &P 500 ® Price Return Index will accurately
track index performance or provide positive investment returns. S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC is not an investment or tax advisor. A tax advisor should be consulted to evaluate the impact of any tax-exempt securities on
portfolios and the tax consequences of making any particular investment decision. Inclusion of a security within an index is not a recommendation by S&P Dow Jones Indices to buy, sell, or hold such security,
nor is it considered to be investment advice.
S&P DOW JONES INDICES DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P 500 ® PRICE RETURN INDEX OR ANY DATA RELATED
THERETO OR ANY COMMUNICATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ORAL OR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION ( INCLUDING ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS ) WITH RESPECT THERETO. S& P DOW JONES INDICES SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY DAMAGES OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS , OMISSIONS ,
OR DELAYS THEREIN. S& P DOW JONES INDICES MAKES NO
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES,
OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE OR AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY LINCOLN, OWNERS OF LINCOLN’S PRODUCTS(s), OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500 ® PRICE RETURN INDEX OR WITH RESPECT TO
ANY DATA RELATED THERETO . WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT WHATSOEVER SHALL S&P DOW JONES INDICES BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, TRADING LOSSES, LOST TIME OR GOODWILL, EVEN IF THEY HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBLITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE.
THERE ARE NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF ANY AGREEMENTS OR ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN S&P DOW JONES INDICES AND LINCOLN, OTHER THAN THE LICENSORS OF S&P DOW JONES INDICES.
Russell 2000 ® Price Return Index
The Russell 2000 ®
Price Return Index ( the “ Index”) is a trademark of
Frank Russell Company (“ Russell”) and has been licensed for use by The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (“Lincoln”). Lincoln products are not in any way sponsored , endorsed ,
sold or promoted by Russell or the London Stock Exchange Group companies (“LSEG”) (together the “Licensor Parties”) and none of the Licensor Parties make any claim , prediction, warranty or representation whatsoever, expressly or impliedly, either as to (i) the results to be obtained from the use of the Index ( upon which Lincoln’s products are based), (ii) the figure at which the Index is said to stand at any particular time on any particular day or otherwise, or (iii) the suitability of the Index for the purpose to which it is being
put in connection with Lincoln products. None of the Licensor
Parties have provided or will provide any financial or investment advice or recommendation in relation to the Index to Lincoln or to its clients. The Index is calculated by Russell or its agent . None
of the Licensor Parties shall be (a) liable (whether in negligence or otherwise) to any person for any error in the Index or (b) under any obligation to advise any person of any error therein.
MSCI EAFE Index
THIS PRODUCT IS NOT SPONSORED, ENDORSED, SOLD OR PROMOTED BY MSCI
INC. ( “ MSCI ” ), ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES , ANY OF ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN, OR RELATED TO, COMPILING, COMPUTING OR CREATING ANY
MSCI INDEX (COLLECTIVELY, THE “ MSCI PARTIES ” ). THE MSCI INDEXES ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF MSCI. MSCI AND THE MSCI INDEX NAMES ARE SERVICE MARK(S) OF MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES AND HAVE BEEN
LICENSED FOR USE FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES BY THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR
ANY OTHER PERSON OR
B-1
ENTITY REGARDING THE ADVISABILITY OF INVESTING IN PRODUCTS GENERALLY OR IN THIS PRODUCT PARTICULARLY OR THE ABILITY OF ANY MSCI INDEX
TO TRACK CORRESPONDING STOCK MARKET PERFORMANCE. MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES ARE THE LICENSORS OF CERTAIN TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES AND OF THE MSCI INDEXES WHICH ARE DETERMINED, COMPOSED AND CALCULATED BY
MSCI WITHOUT REGARD TO THIS PRODUCT OR THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY OBLIGATION TO TAKE THE NEEDS OF THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR
ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY INTO CONSIDERATION IN DETERMINING, COMPOSING OR CALCULATING THE MSCI INDEXES. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OR HAS PARTICIPATED IN THE DETERMINATION OF THE TIMING OF, PRICES
AT, OR QUANTITIES OF THIS PRODUCT TO BE ISSUED OR IN THE DETERMINATION OR CALCULATION OF THE EQUATION BY OR THE CONSIDERATION INTO WHICH THIS PRODUCT IS REDEEMABLE. FURTHER, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY
OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE ADMINISTRATION, MARKETING OR OFFERING OF THIS FUND. ALTHOUGH MSCI SHALL OBTAIN INFORMATION FOR
INCLUSION IN OR FOR USE IN THE CALCULATION OF THE MSCI INDEXES FROM SOURCES THAT MSCI CONSIDERS RELIABLE, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES WARRANTS OR GUARANTEES THE ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF ANY
MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE ISSUER OF THE PRODUCT, OWNERS OF THE FUND, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR
ENTITY, FROM THE USE OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR INTERRUPTIONS OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA
INCLUDED THEREIN. FURTHER, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, AND THE MSCI PARITES HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO EACH MSCI INDEX AND ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY OTHER DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS) EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
No purchaser, seller or holder of this product or any other person or entity, should use or refer to any MSCI trade name, trademark or service mark to sponsor, endorse, market or promote this product without first
contacting MSCI to determine whether MSCl' s permission is required. Under no circumstances may any person or entity claim any affiliation with MSCI without the prior written permission of MSCI .
Capital Strength Net Fee Index SM
The Product(s) is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by NASDAQ, Inc . or its affiliates (NASDAQ, with its affiliates, are referred to as the “Corporations”). The Corporations have not
passed on the legality or suitability of , or the accuracy
or adequacy of descriptions and disclosures relating to, the Product(s) . The Corporations make no representation or warranty, express or implied to the owners of the Product(s) or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Product(s) particularly, or the ability of the Capital Strength Net
Fee Index to track general stock market performance . The Corporations' only relationship to The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (“Licensee”)
is in the licensing of the Nasdaq ® and certain trade names of the Corporations and the use of the Capital Strength Net Fee Index which is
determined, composed and calculated by NASDAQ without regard to
Licensee or the Product( s) . NASDAQ has no obligation to take the needs of the Licensee or the owners of the Product(s) into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the Capital Strength Net Fee Index . The Corporations are not responsible for and have not participated in the determination of the timing of,
prices at, or quantities of the Product(s) to be issued or in the
determination or calculation of the equation by which the Product(s) is
to be converted into cash. The Corporations have no liability in connection with the administration , marketing or trading of the Product(s) .
THE CORPORATIONS DO NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND / OR UNINTERRUPTED CALCULATION OF THE CAPITAL STRENGTH NET FEE INDEX OR
ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN . THE CORPORATIONS MAKE NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY LICENSEE, OWNERS OF THE PRODUCT(S), OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE CAPITAL STRENGTH NET FEE INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN . THE CORPORATIONS MAKE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES , AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE CAPITAL STRENGTH NET FEE INDEX ® OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN . WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING , IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CORPORATIONS HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY
LOST PROFITS OR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT , OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES .
Nasdaq- 100 Index ®
The Product (s) is not sponsored , endorsed, sold or promoted by Nasdaq, Inc. or its affiliates ( Nasdaq ,
with its affiliates , are referred to as the “ Corporations” ) . The Corporations have not passed on
the legality or suitability of, or the accuracy or adequacy of descriptions and disclosures relating to , the Product (s). The Corporations make no representation or warranty, express or
implied to the owners of the Product (s) or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Product (s) particularly, or the ability of the Nasdaq- 100 Index ® , to track general stock market performance . The Corporations' only relationship
to The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company ( “ Licensee” ) is in the licensing of the Nasdaq ® , Nasdaq- 100 Index ® , and
B-2
certain trade names of the Corporations
and the use of the Nasdaq - 100 Index ® which is determined, composed and calculated by Nasdaq without regard to Licensee or the Product (s) . Nasdaq has no obligation to take the needs of the Licensee or the owners
of the Product (s) into consideration in determining , composing or calculating the Nasdaq-100 Index ® . The Corporations are not responsible for and have not participated in
the determination of the timing of , prices at , or quantities of the Product (s) to be issued or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which
the Product(s) is to be converted into cash . The Corporations have no liability in connection with the administration , marketing or trading of the Product( s ) .
THE CORPORATIONS DO NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/ OR UNINTERRUPTED CALCULATION OF NASDAQ- 100 INDEX ® OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. THE CORPORATIONS MAKE NO WARRANTY , EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY LICENSEE, OWNERS OF THE PRODUCT(S), OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE NASDAQ-100 INDEX ® OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. THE CORPORATIONS MAKE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE NASDAQ-100 INDEX ® OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN . WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN
NO EVENT SHALL THE CORPORATIONS HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
First Trust American Leadership Index TM
The First Trust American Leadership Index TM (“ FTIS
Index”) is a product of and owned by FT Indexing Solutions LLC ( “ FTIS” ) . FIRST TRUST ® and
FIRST TRUST AMERICAN LEADERSHIP INDEX TM are trademarks of First Trust Portfolios L . P. (collectively, with FTIS and their respective affiliates, “First
Trust”). The foregoing index and trademarks have been licensed for use for certain purposes by Licensee in connection with the Product .
The Dow Jones Internet Composite Index TM (“ Dow Index ” ) is a product of S& P Dow Jones Indices LLC or its affiliates ( “ SPDJI” )
and has been licensed for use by FTIS and Licensee. S&P ® is a trademark of Standard & Poor’s Financial Service LLC. DOW JONES ® and DOW JONES INTERNET COMPOSITE INDEX are trademarks of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“ Dow Jones”). The foregoing trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and have been
sublicensed for use for certain purposes by FTIS and Licensee in connection with the FTIS Index and the Product .
The Nasdaq U.S. Rising Dividend Achievers Index TM and Nasdaq Technology Dividend Index TM are products of Nasdaq, Inc. (which with its affiliates is referred to as the “ Nasdaq ” ) . NASDAQ ® , NASDAQ U . S. RISING DIVIDEND ACHIEVERS INDEX, and NASDAQ TECHNOLOGY DIVIDEND INDEX are trademarks of Nasdaq. The foregoing indices ( collectively, the “ Nasdaq Indices” ) and trademarks have been licensed for use
for certain purposes by FTIS and Licensee in connection with the FTIS Index and the Product .
The Nasdaq Riskalyze U.S. Large Cap Select Dividend Index TM (“Riskalyze Index”) is a product of Riskalyze, Inc. (“Riskalyze”). RISKALYZE ® and NASDAQ RISKALYZE U.S. LARGE CAP SELECT DIVIDEND INDEX are trademarks of Riskalyze. NASDAQ ® is a trademark of Nasdaq, Inc. The foregoing index and trademarks have
been licensed for use for certain purposes by FTIS and Licensee in connection with the FTIS Index and the Product .
The Product is not issued, sponsored, endorsed, sold, recommended, or promoted by First Trust, SPDJI, Dow Jones, Nasdaq, Riskalyze, or their respective affiliates (collectively, the “ Companies”). The Companies have not passed on the legality or suitability of, or the accuracy or
adequacy of descriptions and disclosures relating to the Product. The Companies make no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of any product based on the FTIS Index, Dow Index, Nasdaq Indices, or
Riskalyze Index, or to any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in products based on the FTIS Index, Dow Index, Nasdaq Indices, or Riskalyze Index particularly,
or the ability of the FTIS Index, Dow Index, Nasdaq Indices, or Riskalyze Index to track general stock market performance. The Companies’ only relationship to Licensee is in the licensing of the certain trademarks, trade names, and service marks and the use of the FTIS Index, Dow
lndex, Nasdaq Indices, and Riskalyze Indices, which are determined, composed
and calculated without regard to Licensee or the Product. The Companies have no obligation to take the needs of Licensee, or the owners of the Product, or the sponsors or owners of products based on the FTIS Index, Dow
Index, Nasdaq Indices or Riskalyze Index into consideration when determining, composing, or calculating the FTIS Index, Dow lndex, Nasdaq Indices, and Riskalyze Index. The Companies are not responsible for
and have not participated in the determination or calculation of the Product . There is no assurances from the Companies that products based on the FTIS Index, Dow lndex, Nasdaq Indices, or Riskalyze Index will accurately track index performance or provide positive investment returns. The
Companies are not investment advisors. Inclusion of a security or financial instrument within an index is not a recommendation by the Companies to buy, sell, or hold such security or financial instrument, nor is
it considered to be investment advice.
THE COMPANIES DO NOT GUARANTEE THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS, COMPLETENESS, AND/OR UNINTERRUPTED CALCULATION OF THE PRODUCT, FTIS
INDEX, DOW INDEX, NASDAQ INDICES, RISKALYZE INDEX, OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN OR ANY COMMUNICATION WITH RESPECT THERETO, INCLUDING, ORAL, WRITTEN, OR ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS. THE COMPANIES SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS IN THE PRODUCT, FTIS INDEX, DOW INDEX, NASDAQ INDICES, OR RISKALYZE INDEX. THE COMPANIES MAKE NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE RESULTS TO BE
OBTAINED BY OWNERS OF THE PRODUCT OR OF PRODUCTS BASED ON THE FTIS INDEX, DOW INDEX, NASDAQ INDICES, OR RISKALYZE INDEX, OR BY ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE FTIS INDEX, DOW INDEX, NASDAQ INDICES,
OR RISKALYZE INDEX, OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. THE COMPANIES MAKE NO EXPRESS OR
B-3
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT
TO THE PRODUCT, FTIS INDEX, DOW INDEX, NASDAQ INDICES, RISKALYZE INDEX, OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPANIES BE SUBJECT TO ANY DAMAGES OR HAVE ANY
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, TRADING LOSSES, LOST TIME, OR GOODWILL, EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE. THERE ARE NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF ANY AGREEMENTS OR ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN LICENSEE AND THE COMPANIES.
B-4
The SAI includes additional information about the Contract, Lincoln Life, and the VAA, and is incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The
SAI is dated the same date as this prospectus. We will provide the SAI without charge upon request. You may obtain a free copy of the SAI and submit inquiries by:
●
Mailing: The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN
46801-2348
●
Visiting: www.lfg.com/VAprospectus
●
Emailing: [email protected]
●
Calling: 1-877-737-6872
You may also obtain reports and other information about the VAA on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, and copies of this information may be obtained,
upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: [email protected]. The SEC file numbers and the Contract’s contract identifier number are listed below.
333-273746
EDGAR Contract Identifier C000199853 ;
C__________
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI)
Dated May 1, 2025
Relating to Prospectus Dated May 1, 2025 for
Relating to Prospectus Dated May 1, 2025 for
Lincoln Level Advantage® Advisory
Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N, Registrant
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, Depositor
The SAI provides you with additional information about Lincoln Life, the VAA, and your Contract. It is not a prospectus.
A copy of the product prospectus dated May 1, 2025 , may be obtained without a charge by writing to the Home Office: Lincoln
Life Customer Service, The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348, by calling: 1-877-737-6872, or by emailing: [email protected] and requesting a copy of the
Lincoln Level Advantage ® Advisory product prospectus.
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE SAI
|
Contents
|
Page
|
|
B-2
|
|
|
B-2
|
|
|
B-2
|
|
|
B-2
|
|
|
B-3
|
|
|
B-3
|
|
|
B-4
|
|
|
B-4
|
|
|
B-5
|
|
Contents
|
Page
|
|
B - 5
|
|
|
B - 17
|
|
|
B - 18
|
|
|
B - 18
|
|
|
B - 18
|
|
|
B - 18
|
|
|
B - 18
|
|
|
B - 19
|
Special Terms
The special terms used in this SAI are the ones defined in the prospectus.
General Information and History
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (Lincoln Life or Company), organized in 1905, is an Indiana-domiciled insurance company, engaged
primarily in the direct issuance of life insurance contracts and annuities. Lincoln Life is wholly owned by Lincoln National Corporation (LNC), a publicly held insurance and financial services holding company incorporated in
Indiana. Lincoln Life is obligated to pay all amounts promised to Contractowners under the contracts.
Our Financial Condition. Depending on
when you purchased your Contract, you may be permitted to make allocations to the fixed account, which is part of our general account. See The Fixed Side of the Contract. In addition, any guarantees under the Contract that
exceed your Contract Value, such as those associated with Death Benefit options and Living Benefit Riders are paid from our general account (not the VAA). Therefore, any amounts that we may pay under the Contract in excess of
Contract Value are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability and our long-term ability to make such payments. We issue other types of insurance policies and financial products in addition to the Contract. We
also pay our obligations under these products from our assets in the general account. Moreover, unlike assets held in the VAA, the assets of the general account are subject to the general liabilities of the Company and,
therefore, to the Company’s general creditors. In the event of an insolvency or receivership, payments we make from our general account to satisfy claims under the Contract would generally receive the same priority as our
other Contractowner obligations.
The general account is subject to regulation and supervision by the Indiana Insurance Department as well as the insurance laws and regulations
of the jurisdictions in which the contracts are distributed. The laws and regulations applicable to us regulate the investments we can make with assets held in our general account. In general, those laws and regulations
determine the amount and type of investments which we can make with general account assets.
In addition, state insurance regulations require that insurance companies calculate and establish on their financial statements, a specified
amount of reserves in order to meet the contractual obligations to pay the claims of our Contractowners. In order to meet our claims-paying obligations, we regularly monitor our reserves to ensure we hold sufficient amounts to
cover actual or expected contract and claims payments. However, it is important to note that there is no guarantee that we will always be able to meet our claims paying obligations, and that there are risks to purchasing any
insurance product.
State insurance regulators also require insurance companies to maintain a minimum amount of capital in excess of liabilities, which acts as a
cushion in the event that the insurer suffers a financial impairment, based on the inherent risks in the insurer’s operations. These risks include those associated with losses that we may incur as the result of defaults on the
payment of interest or principal on assets held in our general account, which include bonds, mortgages, general real estate investments, and stocks, as well as the loss in value of these investments resulting from a loss in
their market value.
How to Obtain More Information. We
encourage both existing and prospective Contractowners to read and understand our financial statements. We prepare our financial statements on both a statutory basis and according to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(GAAP). Our audited GAAP financial statements, as well as the financial statements of the VAA, are located in the SAI. Instructions on how to obtain a free copy of the SAI, are provided on the last page of this prospectus. You
may obtain our audited statutory financial statements and any unaudited statutory financial statements that may be available by visiting our website at www.LincolnFinancial.com.
You also will find on our website information on ratings assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations. These ratings are
opinions of an operating insurance company’s financial capacity to meet the obligations of its insurance and annuity contracts based on its financial strength and/or claims-paying ability. Additional information about rating
agencies is included in the SAI.
Lincoln Financial Group is the marketing name for Lincoln National Corporation (NYSE:LNC) and its affiliates. Through its affiliates, Lincoln
Financial Group offers annuities, life, group life and disability insurance, 401(k) and 403(b) plans, and comprehensive financial planning and advisory services.
Variable Annuity Account (VAA)
On November 3, 1997, the VAA was established as an insurance company separate account under Indiana law. It is registered with the SEC as a unit
investment trust under the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (1940 Act). The VAA is a segregated investment account. Income, gains and losses credited to, or charged against, the VAA reflect the VAA’s own
investment experience
B-2
and not the investment experience of Lincoln Life’s other assets. The assets of the VAA may not be used to pay any liabilities of Lincoln
Life other than those arising from the contracts supported by the VAA. Lincoln Life is obligated to pay all amounts promised to Contractowners under the contracts.
The VAA is used to support other annuity contracts offered by us in addition to the contracts described in this prospectus. The other annuity
contracts supported by the VAA generally invest in the same funds as the contracts described in this prospectus. These other annuity contracts may have different charges that could affect the performance of their Subaccounts,
and they offer different benefits.
Investment Results for the VAA
At times, the VAA may compare its investment results to various unmanaged indices or other variable annuities in reports to shareholders, sales
literature and advertisements. The results will be calculated on a total return basis for various periods, with or without surrender charges. Results calculated without surrender charges will be higher. Total returns include
the reinvestment of all distributions, which are reflected in changes in unit value. The money market Subaccount's yield is based upon investment performance over a 7-day period, which is then annualized.
There can be no assurance that a money market fund will be able to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per share. During periods of low
interest rates, the yield of a money market fund may become extremely low and possibly negative. In addition, if the yield of a Subaccount investing in a money market fund becomes negative, due in part to Contract fees and
expenses, your Contract Value may decline. An investment in a money market fund is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The sponsor of a money market fund has
no legal obligation to provide financial support to the fund, and you should not expect that the sponsor will provide financial support to the fund at any time. If, under SEC rules, a money market fund suspends payments of
redemption proceeds, we will delay payment of any transfer, withdrawal, or benefit from a Subaccount investing in the money market fund until the fund resumes payment. If, under SEC rules, a money market fund institutes a
liquidity fee, we may assess the fee against your Contract Value if a payment is made to you from a Subaccount investing in the money market fund.
The annual performance of the Subaccounts are based on past performance and do not indicate or represent future performance.
Investment Results for the Indexed Accounts
It is possible that you will not earn any gain on investments in the Indexed Segments. Investments in the Indexed Segments are not guaranteed
unless you have elected the 100% Protection Level and hold the investment until the end of the Indexed Term. There is a risk of substantial loss of your principal. You agree to absorb all losses that exceed the Protection
Level percentage and all losses up to the Floor Protection percentage you select.
Capital Markets
In any particular year, our capital may increase or decrease depending on a variety of factors — the amount of our statutory income or losses
(which is sensitive to equity market and credit market conditions), the amount of additional capital we must hold to support business growth, changes in reserving requirements, our inability to secure capital market solutions
to provide reserve relief, such as issuing letters of credit to support captive reinsurance structures, changes in equity market levels, the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in our investment portfolio and
changes in interest rates.
Advertising & Ratings
We may include in certain advertisements, endorsements in the form of a list of organizations, individuals or other parties which recommend
Lincoln Life or the policies. Furthermore, we may occasionally include in advertisements comparisons of currently taxable and tax deferred investment programs, based on selected tax brackets, or discussions of alternative
investment vehicles and general economic conditions.
Our financial strength is ranked and rated by nationally recognized independent rating agencies. The ratings do not imply approval of the
product and do not refer to the performance of the product, or any separate account, including the underlying investment options. Ratings are not recommendations to buy our products. Each of the rating agencies
reviews its ratings periodically. Accordingly, all ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating agencies, and therefore, no assurance can be given that these ratings will be
maintained. Our insurer financial strength ratings are all on outlook stable except the rating assigned by AM Best for First Penn Pacific Life Insurance Company, which is
on outlook negative. Our financial strength ratings, which are intended to measure our ability to meet contract holder obligations, are an important factor affecting public confidence in most of our products and, as
a result, our competitiveness. A downgrade of our financial strength rating could affect our competitive position in the insurance industry by making it more difficult for us to market our products as potential
customers may select companies with higher financial
B-3
strength ratings and by leading to increased withdrawals by current customers seeking companies with higher financial strength ratings. For
more information on ratings, including outlooks, see https://www.lfg.com/public/aboutus/investorrelations/financialinformation/ratings.
About the S&P 500 Index. The S&P 500® Index is a product of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC
or its affiliates (“SPDJI”), and has been licensed for use by Lincoln Financial Investment Corporation (“LFI”) on behalf of certain LVIP Funds (the “Funds”). S&P®, S&P 500®, US 500, The 500, iBoxx®, iTraxx® and CDS® are registered trademarks of S&P Global, Inc. or its affiliates (“S&P”) and Dow
Jones® is a registered trademark of Dow
Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“Dow Jones”). The trademarks have been licensed to SPDJI and have been sublicensed for use for certain purposes by LFI on behalf of the Funds. It is not possible to invest directly in an index.
The Funds is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P, any of their respective affiliates (collectively, “S&P Dow Jones Indices”). S&P Dow Jones Indices does not make any representation or
warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Funds or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Funds particularly or the ability of the S&P 500® Index to track general market performance. S&P
Dow Jones Indices’ only relationship to the Funds with respect to the Index is the licensing of the Index and certain trademarks, service marks and/or trade names of S&P Dow Jones Indices and/or its licensors. The S&P
500® Index is determined, composed and
calculated by S&P Dow Jones Indices without regard to LFI or the Funds. S&P Dow Jones Indices have no obligation to take the needs of LFI or the owners of the Funds into consideration in determining, composing or
calculating the S&P 500® Index.
S&P Dow Jones Indices have no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Funds. There is no assurance that investment products based on the S&P 500® Index will accurately track index performance or
provide positive investment returns. S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC is not an investment adviser, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, broker dealer, fiduciary, promoter (as defined in the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended), “expert” as enumerated within 15 U.S.C. § 77k(a) or tax advisor. Inclusion of a security, commodity, crypto currency or other asset within an index is not a recommendation by S&P Dow Jones Indices to
buy, sell, or hold such security, commodity, crypto currency or other asset nor is it considered to be investment advice.
NEITHER S&P DOW JONES INDICES NOR A THIRD PARTY LICENSOR GUARANTEES THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE
S&P 500® INDEX OR ANY DATA RELATED
THERETO OR ANY COMMUNICATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ORAL OR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION (INCLUDING ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS) WITH RESPECT THERETO. S&P DOW JONES INDICES SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY DAMAGES OR LIABILITY
FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR DELAYS THEREIN. S&P DOW JONES INDICES MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE OR AS TO
RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE FUNDS, OWNERS OF THE FUNDS, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE INDEX OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY DATA RELATED THERETO. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT WHATSOEVER SHALL
S&P DOW JONES INDICES BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, TRADING LOSSES, LOST TIME OR GOODWILL, EVEN IF THEY HAVE BEEN ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE. S&P DOW JONES INDICES HAS NOT REVIEWED, PREPARED AND/OR CERTIFIED ANY PORTION OF, NOR DOES S&P DOW JONES INDICES HAVE ANY
CONTROL OVER, THE FUNDS REGISTRATION STATEMENT, PROSPECTUS OR OTHER OFFERING MATERIALS. THERE ARE NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF ANY AGREEMENTS OR ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN S&P DOW JONES INDICES AND LFI ON BEHALF OF THE FUNDS,
OTHER THAN THE LICENSORS OF S&P DOW JONES INDICES.
Non-Principal Risks of Investing In The Contract
Opportunity Cost. Principal amounts committed to an annuity
contract are only available to choose from investment options available on the Contract, potentially causing you an opportunity cost.
Dying early. If you die earlier than expected, your
designated beneficiary may not receive the full benefit of the future payments.
Divorce. If you get divorced, you could forfeit some or all
of the value of your annuity to your former spouse.
Affiliated Funds. We may have incentive to select affiliated
funds because we receive more revenue from an affiliated fund than a non-affiliated fund.
Fund of Funds. In some fund of funds (or master-feeder)
arrangements, you may pay fees and expenses at both fund levels, which can reduce your investment return.
Services
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
( To be filed by amendment )
B-4
Keeper of Records
All accounts, books, records and other documents which are required to be maintained for the VAA are maintained by us or by third parties
responsible to Lincoln Life. We have entered into an agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, 2323 Grand Boulevard , 5 th Floor ,
Kansas City, MO 64108 , to provide accounting services to the VAA. No separate charge against the assets of the VAA is made by us for this service.
Purchase of Securities Being Offered
The variable annuity contracts are offered to the public through licensed insurance agents who specialize in selling our products; through
independent insurance brokers; and through certain securities brokers/dealers selected by us whose personnel are legally authorized to sell annuity products. There are no special purchase plans for any class of prospective
buyers. However, under certain limited circumstances described in the prospectus under the section Charges and Other Deductions, any applicable account fee and/or surrender charge may be reduced or waived.
Both before and after the Annuity Commencement Date, there are exchange privileges between Subaccounts, and from the VAA to the general account
(if available) subject to restrictions set out in the prospectus. See The Contracts, in the prospectus. No exchanges are permitted between the VAA and other separate accounts.
The offering of the contracts is continuous.
Contract Adjustment — Interim Value Calculation
Interim Value for Indexed Segment(s) with no Annual Locks (for contracts issued on and after July 1, 2024)
The Interim Value of an Indexed Segment is equal to the sum of (1) and (2), where:
(1) is the fair value of the Indexed Crediting Base of an Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date the Interim Value is calculated. It is determined
for an Indexed Segment as C multiplied by (1+D) -E where:
C = the Indexed Crediting Base of the Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date of the calculation;
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
(2) is the fair value of the replicating portfolio of options and/or other instruments, determined solely by us, on any Valuation Date that the
Interim Value is calculated for an Indexed Segment.
Interim Value for Indexed Segment(s) with Performance Caps and no Annual Locks (for contracts issued prior
to July 1, 2024)
The Interim Value of an Indexed Segment is equal to (A), not to exceed the proportional portion of the Performance Cap as set forth in (B)
where:
(A) is the sum of (1) and (2), where:
(1) is the fair value of the Indexed Crediting Base of an Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date the Interim Value is calculated. It is
determined for an Indexed Segment as C multiplied by (1+D) -E where:
C = the Indexed Crediting Base of the Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date of the calculation;
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
(2) is the fair value of the replicating portfolio of options, determined solely by us, on any Valuation Date that the Interim Value is
calculated for an Indexed Segment.
(B) is F multiplied by (1 + (G X H)) where:
F = the Indexed Crediting Base of the Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date of the calculation;
G = the Performance Cap for the Indexed Segment;
H = the total number of days elapsed in the Indexed Term divided by total number of days in the Indexed Term.
G = the Performance Cap for the Indexed Segment;
H = the total number of days elapsed in the Indexed Term divided by total number of days in the Indexed Term.
Interim Value for Indexed Segment(s) with Participation Rates (for contracts issued prior to July 1, 2024)
The Interim Value of an Indexed Segment is equal to (A), not to exceed the proportional portion of the Participation Rate as set forth in
(B) where:
B-5
(A) is the sum of (1) and (2), where:
(1) is the fair value of the Indexed Crediting Base of an Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date the Interim Value is calculated. It is
determined for an Indexed Segment as C multiplied by (1+D) -E where:
C = the Indexed Crediting Base of the Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date of the calculation;
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
(2) is the fair value of the replicating portfolio of options, determined solely by us, on any Valuation Date that the Interim Value is
calculated for an Indexed Segment.
(B) is F multiplied by (1 + (G X H)) where:
F = the Indexed Crediting Base of the Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date of the calculation;
G = the greater of 0 and the Index performance for the Indexed Segment as determined on the Valuation Date the Interim Value is calculated;
H = the proportional Participation Rate for the Indexed Segment, where if the Participation Rate is:
G = the greater of 0 and the Index performance for the Indexed Segment as determined on the Valuation Date the Interim Value is calculated;
H = the proportional Participation Rate for the Indexed Segment, where if the Participation Rate is:
(i) greater than 100%, the proportional Participation Rate is determined as the sum of 1 and (the Participation Rate for the Indexed
Segment minus 1) multiplied by the (total number of days elapsed in the Indexed Term divided by the total number of days in the Indexed Term); or
(ii) less than or equal to 100%, the proportional Participation Rate is the actual Participation Rate of the Indexed Segment.
Interim Value for Indexed Segment(s) with Performance Trigger Rates (for contracts issued prior to July 1, 2024)
The Interim Value of an Indexed Segment is equal to (A), not to exceed the proportional portion of the Performance Trigger Rate if the Index
performance is greater than or equal to zero as set forth in (B) where:
(A) is the sum of (1) and (2), where:
(1) is the fair value of the Indexed Crediting Base of an Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date the Interim Value is calculated. It is
determined for an Indexed Segment as C multiplied by (1+D) -E where:
C = the Indexed Crediting Base of the Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date of the calculation;
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
(2) is the fair value of the replicating portfolio of options, determined solely by Us, on any Valuation Date that the Interim Value is
calculated for an Indexed Segment.
(B) is F multiplied by (1 + (G X H)) where:
F = the Indexed Crediting Base of the Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date of the calculation;
G = Performance Trigger Rate;
H = 0, if the Index performance on the Valuation Date the Interim Value is calculated is less than 0; or the total number of days elapsed in the Indexed Term divided by the total number of days in the Indexed Term, if the Index performance is greater than or equal to 0.
G = Performance Trigger Rate;
H = 0, if the Index performance on the Valuation Date the Interim Value is calculated is less than 0; or the total number of days elapsed in the Indexed Term divided by the total number of days in the Indexed Term, if the Index performance is greater than or equal to 0.
Interim Value for Indexed Segment(s) with Performance Caps and Annual Locks (for contracts issued on and
after July 1, 2024)
The Interim Value of an Indexed Segment is equal to the sum of (1) and (2) where:
(1) is the fair value of the Indexed Crediting Base of an Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date the Interim Value is calculated. It is determined
for an Indexed Segment as C multiplied by (1 + D) -E where:
C = the initial Indexed Crediting Base of the Indexed Segment that has been proportionately adjusted for any transfers, withdrawals,
Death Benefit payouts, or surrenders that have occurred during the Indexed Segment prior to the Valuation Date of the calculation;
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
(2) is the fair value of the replicating portfolio of options, determined solely by us, on any Valuation Date that the Interim Value is
calculated for an Indexed Segment.
B-6
Interim Value for Indexed Segment(s) with Performance Caps and Annual Locks (for contracts issued prior to
July 1, 2024)
The Interim Value of an Indexed Segment is equal to (A), not to exceed the proportional portion of the Performance Cap as set forth in (B)
where:
(A) is the sum of (1) and (2), where:
(1) is the fair value of the Indexed Crediting Base of an Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date the Interim Value is calculated. It is
determined for an Indexed Segment as C multiplied by (1 + D) -E where:
C = the initial Indexed Crediting Base of the Indexed Segment that has been proportionately adjusted for any transfers,
withdrawals, Death Benefit payouts, or surrenders that have occurred during the Indexed Segment prior to the Valuation Date of the calculation;
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
(2) is the fair value of the replicating portfolio of options, determined solely by us, on any Valuation Date that the Interim Value is
calculated for an Indexed Segment.
(B) is F multiplied by (1 + (G x H)) where:
F = the Indexed Crediting Base of the Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date of the calculation;
G = the Performance Cap for the Indexed Segment;
H = the total number of days elapsed since the prior Indexed Anniversary Date divided by 365.
G = the Performance Cap for the Indexed Segment;
H = the total number of days elapsed since the prior Indexed Anniversary Date divided by 365.
Interim Value for Indexed Segment(s) with Dual Performance Trigger Rates and Protection Level
The Interim Value of an Indexed Account is equal to the sum of (1) and (2), where:
(1) is the fair value of the Indexed Crediting Base of an Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date the Interim Value is calculated. It is
determined for an Indexed Segment as C multiplied by (1 + D) -E where:
C = the Indexed Crediting Base of the Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date of the calculation;
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
(2) is the fair value of the hypothetical replicating portfolio of options and/or other instruments on any Valuation Date that the Interim
Value is calculated for an Indexed Segment.
Interim Value for Dual15 Plus Indexed Segment(s) (for contracts issued prior to July 1, 2024)
The Interim Value of an Indexed Account is equal to the lesser of (A) or (B) where:
(A) is the sum of (1) and (2), where:
(1) is the fair value of the Indexed Crediting Base of an Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date the Interim Value is calculated. It is
determined for an Indexed Segment as C multiplied by (1 + D) -E where:
C = the Indexed Crediting Base of the Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date of the calculation;
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
D = the Reference Rate;
E = the total number of days remaining in the Indexed Term divided by 365.
(2) is the fair value of the hypothetical replicating portfolio of options or other instruments on any Valuation Date that the Interim
Value is calculated for an Indexed Segment.
(B) is F multiplied by (1 + I + ((G – I) x H)) where:
F = the Indexed Crediting Base of the Indexed Segment on the Valuation Date of the calculation;
G = the Performance Cap for the Indexed Segment;
H = the total number of days elapsed in the Indexed Term divided by total days in the Indexed Term;
I = the Dual Rate for the Indexed Segment.
G = the Performance Cap for the Indexed Segment;
H = the total number of days elapsed in the Indexed Term divided by total days in the Indexed Term;
I = the Dual Rate for the Indexed Segment.
Each component of the calculation is further explained as follows:
1.
Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base.
Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base. The fair value of the Indexed Crediting Base of an Indexed Segment with no Annual Locks or
an Indexed Segment with Annual Locks is meant to represent the market value of the investment instruments supporting the Indexed Segment. It is the present value of the Indexed Crediting Base of the Indexed Segment
discounted at a rate that
B-7
reflects movements in the interest rate market. The Reference Rate will apply on a uniform basis for a class of
Contractowners in the same Indexed Segment and will be administered in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner.
For Contracts issued prior to November 20, 2023:
The Reference Rate is based on a U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity yield plus a market observable spread of investments grade U.S.
Corporate Bonds. The U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity yield is the rate for the maturity using a set duration. The duration is set to represent the duration of the investment instruments supporting the Indexed Segment
and may not match the actual length of the Indexed Segment.
If the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity yield is not published for a particular day or we are delayed in receiving the value, then we will
use the yield on the last day it was published. If the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity yield is no longer published, is not published for an extended period, or is discontinued, then we may substitute another suitable
method for determining this component of the Reference Rate. If a U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity yield is not published for a time to maturity that matches the selected duration, then the yield will be
interpolated between the yield for maturities that are published.
If the market observable spread of investments grade U.S. Corporate Bonds is no longer available, or is discontinued, we will substitute
another suitable index or indexes for determining this component of the Reference Rate. We reserve the right to change the methodology of the Interim Value calculation at any time and at our sole discretion.
For Contracts issued on or after November 20, 2023:
The Reference Rate is based on U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity yield(s), Collateralized Loan Obligation (CLO) spread(s), market observable
yield(s) of investments grade U.S. Corporate Bonds, and secured overnight interest rate(s). The Reference Rate is set to represent the duration of the investment instruments supporting the Indexed Segment and may not
match the actual length of the Indexed Segment.
If the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity yield(s) are not published for a particular day or we are delayed in receiving these values, then
we will use the yield(s) on the last day they were published. If the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity yield(s) are no longer published, are not published for an extended period, or are discontinued, then we may
substitute another suitable method for determining these components of the Reference Rate.
If the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity yield(s) are not published for a time to maturity that matches the selected duration, then the
yield(s) will be interpolated between the yield(s) for maturities that are published.
If the CLO spread(s), market observable yields of investments grade U.S. Corporate Bonds, or secured overnight interest rate(s) are
not published for a particular day, or we are delayed in receiving these values then we will use the spread(s), yield(s), or rate(s) on the last day they were published. If any of these components are no longer
published, are not published for an extended period, or are discontinued, then we may substitute another suitable method for determining these components of the Reference Rate.
We reserve the right to change the methodology of the Interim Value calculation at any time and at our sole discretion.
The Reference Rate may be reduced by a rate reduction factor, which increases the value of (1) above. This rate reduction factor will
vary with each Indexed Account option and will be declared no later than the Start Date of an Indexed Term. The rate reduction factor is available upon request. State variations may apply. Consult your financial
professional.
2.
Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Options and Other
Financial Instruments . We utilize a fair market value methodology to
value the replicating portfolio of options that support this product.
For each Segment, we solely designate and value options and other financial instruments, each of which is tied to the performance of
the index associated with the Segment in which you are invested. We use derivatives and other financial instruments to provide an estimate of the gain or loss on the Indexed Crediting Base that could have occurred at
the end of the Indexed Term. This estimate also reflects the impact of the Crediting Method and Protection Level at the end of the Indexed Term as well as the estimated cost of exiting the replicating options
and other financial instruments prior to the End Date of a Segment (and the time to Index Anniversaries for Annual Lock Segments). The valuation of the options and other financial instruments is based on standard
methods for valuing derivatives and other financials instruments and based on inputs from third party vendors. The methodology used to value these options and other financial instruments is determined solely by us and
may vary, higher or lower, from other estimated valuations or the actual selling price of identical derivatives and other financial instruments. Any variance between our estimated fair value price and other
estimated or actual prices may be different from Segment type to Segment type
and may also change from day to day.
The options or other financial instruments valued for each Indexed Account type are as follows:
A. At-the money call option: This represents the market value of the potential to receive an amount equal to the percentage growth in
the Index during the Indexed Term.
B-8
B. Out-of-the-money call option: This represents the market value of the potential for gain in excess of the
Performance Cap rate, as applicable.
C. Out-of-the-money put option: This represents the market value of the potential to receive an amount equal to the excess loss beyond
the Protection Level.
D. Digital option: This represents the market value of the option to provide the Performance Trigger Rate under zero or positive index
returns.
E. At-the money put option: This represents the market value of the potential to receive an amount equal to the percentage loss of
the index during the Indexed Term.
F. Dual structure: This represents the market value of receiving a maturity amount equal to the Dual Performance Trigger Rate or Dual
Rate at the end of the Indexed Term independent of the underlying index returns.
NOTE: Put option C will always reduce the Interim Value even if the index has increased during the Indexed Term.
For each Segment with no Annual Lock with Performance Cap rates and Protection Levels, the replicating portfolio of options is
equal to: A minus B minus C.
For each Segment with Performance Triggers and Protection Levels, the replicating portfolio of options is equal to: D minus C.
For each Segment with a Participation Rate and Protection Levels, the replicating portfolio of financial instruments is equal to: A
multiplied by the Participation Rate minus C.
For each Segment with a Dual Performance Trigger Rate and Protection Level, the replicating portfolio of financial instruments is
equal to: F minus C.
For each Segment with Annual Lock, we designate and value a replicating (derivative) structure which is tied to the
compounded performance for each year of the Annual Lock Segment. The market standard model is adjusted by us to account for additional
market risks relevant to the Annual Lock Segment.
For each Dual15 Plus Segment, the replicating portfolio of financial instruments is equal to: F plus B (at the Dual Rate) minus B
(at the Performance Cap Rate) minus E.
The key inputs, including but not limited to the following, are also incorporated into the models:
(1) Implied Volatility of the Index—This input varies with (i) how much time remains until the Segment End Date, which is determined
by using an expiration date for the designated option that corresponds to that time remaining and (ii) the relationship between the strike price of that option and the level of the index at the time of the
calculation (including the potential for resets of
each Annual Lock Period).
This relationship is referred to as the “moneyness” of the option described above, and is calculated as the ratio of current price to
the strike price. Direct market data for these inputs for any given early withdrawal is generally not available. This is because options on the Index that actually trade in the market have specific maturity dates and
moneyness values that are unlikely to precisely match the Segment End Date (or remaining Annual Lock Periods) and moneyness of the designated option that we use in our calculations. Accordingly, we interpolate
between the implied volatility quotes that are based on the actual maturities and
moneyness values.
(2) Interest Rate—We use key derivative interest rates obtained from information provided by independent third-parties which are
recognized financial reporting vendors. Interest rates are obtained for maturities adjacent to the actual time remaining in the Segment at the time of the early withdrawal. We use linear interpolation to derive the
exact remaining duration rate needed as the
input.
(3) Index Dividend Yield—On a daily basis, we use the projected annual dividend yield across the entire index obtained from information
provided by independent third-party financial institutions. This value is a widely used assumption and is readily avail
able from recognized financial reporting vendors.
In addition, when we calculate the Interim Value, we obtain market values of derivatives each business day from outside vendors. Inputs
obtained from these outside vendors may vary over time based on market conditions and changes in valuation standards. If we are delayed in receiving these values, we will use the option value on the last day it was
available to calculate a new Interim Value.
3.
Part B depends on the type of Crediting Method and places an upper limit on the
performance crediting during the Indexed Term.
The following examples demonstrate how the Interim Value is calculated in different scenarios for Indexed Segments with Performance
Caps, Protection Levels and without an Annual Lock (for contracts issued on and after July 1, 2024).
B-9
|
|
1 Year
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
Indexed Term length
|
12
months
|
72
months
|
72
months
|
|
Months since Indexed Term Start Date
|
9
|
69
|
15
|
|
Indexed Crediting Base
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
|
Protection Level
|
10%
|
10%
|
10%
|
|
Performance Cap
|
11.25%
|
100%
|
100%
|
|
Months to End Date
|
3
|
3
|
57
|
|
Change in Index Value is -30%
|
1 Year
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
$998
|
$998
|
$961
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
$(202)
|
$(202)
|
$(223)
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
$796
|
$796
|
$738
|
|
Change in Index Value is -10%
|
1 Year
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
$998
|
$998
|
$961
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
$(29)
|
$(29)
|
$(57)
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
$969
|
$969
|
$904
|
|
Change in Index Value is 20%
|
1 Year
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
$998
|
$998
|
$961
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
$99
|
$201
|
$197
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
$1,097
|
$1,199
|
$1,158
|
|
Change in Index Value is 40%
|
1 Year
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
$998
|
$998
|
$961
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
$108
|
$398
|
$343
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
$1,106
|
$1,396
|
$1,304
|
The following examples demonstrate how the Interim Value is calculated in different scenarios for Indexed Segments with Performance
Caps, Protection Levels and without an Annual Lock.
|
|
1 Year
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
Indexed Term length
|
12
months
|
72
months
|
72
months
|
|
Months since Indexed Term Start Date
|
9
|
69
|
15
|
|
Indexed Crediting Base
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
|
Protection Level
|
10%
|
10%
|
10%
|
|
Performance Cap
|
11.25%
|
100%
|
100%
|
|
Months to End Date
|
3
|
3
|
57
|
B-10
|
Change in Index Value is -30%
|
1 Year
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
$998
|
$998
|
$961
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
$(202)
|
$(202)
|
$(223)
|
|
A. Sum of 1 + 2
|
$796
|
$796
|
$738
|
|
B. Application of pro-rated Performance Cap
|
$1,084
|
$1,958
|
$1,208
|
|
Account Interim Value = Minimum of A and B
|
$796
|
$796
|
$738
|
|
Change in Index Value is -10%
|
1 Year
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
$998
|
$998
|
$961
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
$(29)
|
$(29)
|
$(57)
|
|
A. Sum of 1 + 2
|
$969
|
$969
|
$904
|
|
B. Application of pro-rated Performance Cap
|
$1,084
|
$1,958
|
$1,208
|
|
Account Interim Value = Minimum of A and B
|
$969
|
$969
|
$904
|
|
Change in Index Value is 20%
|
1 Year
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
$998
|
$998
|
$961
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
$99
|
$201
|
$197
|
|
A. Sum of 1 + 2
|
$1,097
|
$1,199
|
$1,158
|
|
B. Application of pro-rated Performance Cap
|
$1,084
|
$1,958
|
$1,208
|
|
Account Interim Value = Minimum of A and B
|
$1,084
|
$1,199
|
$1,158
|
|
Change in Index Value is 40%
|
1 Year
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
$998
|
$998
|
$961
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
$108
|
$398
|
$343
|
|
A. Sum of 1 + 2
|
$1,106
|
$1,396
|
$1,304
|
|
B. Application of pro-rated Performance Cap
|
$1,084
|
$1,958
|
$1,208
|
|
Account Interim Value = Minimum of A and B
|
$1,084
|
$1,396
|
$1,208
|
The following examples demonstrate how the Interim Value is calculated in different scenarios for Indexed Segments with Participation
Rates and Protection Levels (for contracts purchased on and after July 1, 2024).
|
|
|
3 Year
|
3 Year
|
|
Indexed Term length
|
|
36
months
|
36
months
|
|
Months since Indexed Term Start Date
|
|
33
|
15
|
|
Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
|
Protection Level
|
|
10%
|
10%
|
|
Participation Rate
|
|
70%
|
70%
|
|
Months to End Date
|
|
3
|
21
|
|
Change in Index Value is -30%
|
|
3 Year
|
3 Year
|
B-11
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$999
|
$997
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$(202)
|
$(214)
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$797
|
$783
|
|
Change in Index Value is -10%
|
|
3 Year
|
3 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$999
|
$997
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$(29)
|
$(73)
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$970
|
$924
|
|
Change in Index Value is 20%
|
|
3 Year
|
3 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$999
|
$997
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$139
|
$131
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,138
|
$1,128
|
|
Change in Index Value is 40%
|
|
3 Year
|
3 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$999
|
$997
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$278
|
$264
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,277
|
$1,261
|
The following examples demonstrate how the Interim Value is calculated in different scenarios for Indexed Segments with Participation
Rates and Protection Levels.
|
|
|
3 Year
|
3 Year
|
|
Indexed Term length
|
|
36
months
|
36
months
|
|
Months since Indexed Term Start Date
|
|
33
|
15
|
|
Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
|
Protection Level
|
|
10%
|
10%
|
|
Participation Rate
|
|
70%
|
70%
|
|
Months to End Date
|
|
3
|
21
|
|
Change in Index Value is -30%
|
|
3 Year
|
3 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$999
|
$997
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$(202)
|
$(214)
|
|
A. Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$797
|
$783
|
|
B. Application of pro-rated Participation Rate
|
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
|
Account Interim Value = Minimum of A and B
|
|
$797
|
$783
|
B-12
|
Change in Index Value is -10%
|
|
3 Year
|
3 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$999
|
$997
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$(29)
|
$(73)
|
|
A. Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$970
|
$924
|
|
B. Application of pro-rated Participation Rate
|
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
|
Account Interim Value = Minimum of A and B
|
|
$970
|
$924
|
|
Change in Index Value is 20%
|
|
3 Year
|
3 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$999
|
$997
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$139
|
$131
|
|
A. Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,138
|
$1,128
|
|
B. Application of pro-rated Participation Rate
|
|
$1,140
|
$1,140
|
|
Account Interim Value = Minimum of A and B
|
|
$1,138
|
$1,128
|
|
Change in Index Value is 40%
|
|
3 Year
|
3 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$999
|
$997
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$278
|
$264
|
|
A. Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,277
|
$1,261
|
|
B. Application of pro-rated Participation Rate
|
|
$1,280
|
$1,280
|
|
Account Interim Value = Minimum of A and B
|
|
$1,277
|
$1,261
|
The following examples demonstrate how the Interim Value is calculated in different scenarios for Indexed Segments with Performance
Trigger Rates and Protection Levels (for contracts issued on and after July 1, 2024).
|
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
Indexed Term length
|
|
12
months
|
12
months
|
|
Months since Indexed Term Start Date
|
|
7
|
4
|
|
Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
|
Protection Level
|
|
10%
|
10%
|
|
Performance Trigger Rate
|
|
9.50%
|
9.50%
|
|
Months to End Date
|
|
5
|
8
|
|
Change in Index Value is -15%
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$995
|
$992
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$(65)
|
$(72)
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$930
|
$920
|
|
Change in Index Value is -5%
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$995
|
$992
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$5
|
$(3)
|
B-13
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,000
|
$989
|
|
Change in Index Value is 10%
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$995
|
$992
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$67
|
$54
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,062
|
$1,046
|
|
Change in Index Value is 20%
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$995
|
$992
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$79
|
$69
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,074
|
$1,061
|
The following examples demonstrate how the Interim Value is calculated in different scenarios for Indexed Segments with Performance
Trigger Rates and Protection Levels.
|
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
Indexed Term length
|
|
12
months
|
12
months
|
|
Months since Indexed Term Start Date
|
|
7
|
4
|
|
Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
|
Protection Level
|
|
10%
|
10%
|
|
Performance Trigger Rate
|
|
9.50%
|
9.50%
|
|
Months to End Date
|
|
5
|
8
|
|
Change in Index Value is -15%
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$995
|
$992
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$(65)
|
$(72)
|
|
A. Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$930
|
$920
|
|
B. Application of pro-rated Performance Trigger Rate
|
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
|
Account Interim Value = Minimum of A and B
|
|
$930
|
$920
|
|
Change in Index Value is -5%
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$995
|
$992
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$5
|
$(3)
|
|
A. Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,000
|
$989
|
|
B. Application of pro-rated Performance Trigger Rate
|
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
|
Account Interim Value = Minimum of A and B
|
|
$1,000
|
$989
|
B-14
|
Change in Index Value is 10%
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$995
|
$992
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$67
|
$54
|
|
A. Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,062
|
$1,046
|
|
B. Application of pro-rated Performance Trigger Rate
|
|
$1,055
|
$1,032
|
|
Account Interim Value = Minimum of A and B
|
|
$1,055
|
$1,032
|
|
Change in Index Value is 20%
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$995
|
$992
|
|
2. Fair Value of Replicating Portfolio of Financial
Instruments
|
|
$79
|
$69
|
|
A. Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,074
|
$1,061
|
|
B. Application of pro-rated Performance Trigger Rate
|
|
$1,055
|
$1,032
|
|
Account Interim Value = Minimum of A and B
|
|
$1,055
|
$1,032
|
The following examples demonstrate how the Interim Value is calculated in different scenarios for Indexed Segments with Dual Performance
Trigger Rates and Protection Level.
|
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
Indexed Term length
|
|
12
Months
|
12
Months
|
|
Months since Indexed Term Start Date
|
|
9
|
3
|
|
Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
|
Protection Level
|
|
10%
|
10%
|
|
Dual Performance Trigger Rate
|
|
6%
|
6%
|
|
Months to End Date
|
|
3
|
9
|
|
Change in Index Value is -15%
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy
|
|
$1,023
|
$996
|
|
2. Fair Value of Derivative Asset Proxy
|
|
$(40)
|
$(40)
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$983
|
$956
|
|
Change in Index Value is -5%
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy
|
|
$1,023
|
$996
|
|
2. Fair Value of Derivative Asset Proxy
|
|
$8
|
$3
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,031
|
$999
|
|
Change in Index Value is 10%
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy
|
|
$1,023
|
$996
|
|
2. Fair Value of Derivative Asset Proxy
|
|
$27
|
$31
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,050
|
$1,027
|
B-15
|
Change in Index Value is 20%
|
|
1 Year
|
1 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy
|
|
$1,023
|
$996
|
|
2. Fair Value of Derivative Asset Proxy
|
|
$30
|
$39
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,053
|
$1,035
|
The following examples demonstrate how the Interim Value is calculated in different scenarios for Dual Plus Indexed Segments (for Contracts
purchased on and after July 1, 2024).
|
|
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
Indexed Term length
|
|
72
Months
|
72
Months
|
|
Months since Indexed Term Start Date
|
|
54
|
18
|
|
Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
|
Dual Rate
|
|
15%
|
15%
|
|
Performance Cap
|
|
70%
|
70%
|
|
Months to End Date
|
|
18
|
54
|
|
Change in Index Value is -15%
|
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the fixed income asset proxy
|
|
$976
|
$953
|
|
2. Fair Value of derivative asset proxy
|
|
$(6)
|
$(47)
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,037
|
$906
|
|
Change in Index Value is -5%
|
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the fixed income asset proxy
|
|
$976
|
$953
|
|
2. Fair Value of derivative asset proxy
|
|
$61
|
$25
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,037
|
$978
|
|
Change in Index Value is 10%
|
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the fixed income asset proxy
|
|
$976
|
$953
|
|
2. Fair Value of derivative asset proxy
|
|
$176
|
$128
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,152
|
$1,081
|
|
Change in Index Value is 20%
|
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the fixed income asset proxy
|
|
$976
|
$953
|
|
2. Fair Value of derivative asset proxy
|
|
$258
|
$190
|
|
Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,234
|
$1,143
|
The following examples demonstrate how the Interim Value is calculated in different scenarios for Dual15 Plus Indexed Segments.
B-16
|
|
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
Indexed Term length
|
|
72
Months
|
72
Months
|
|
Months since Indexed Term Start Date
|
|
54
|
18
|
|
Indexed Crediting Base
|
|
$1,000
|
$1,000
|
|
Dual Rate
|
|
15%
|
15%
|
|
Performance Cap
|
|
70%
|
70%
|
|
Months to End Date
|
|
18
|
54
|
|
Change in Index Value is -15%
|
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy
|
|
$976
|
$953
|
|
2. Fair Value of Derivative Asset Proxy
|
|
$(6)
|
$(47)
|
|
A. Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$970
|
$906
|
|
Account Interim Value
|
|
$970
|
$906
|
|
Change in Index Value is -5%
|
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy
|
|
$976
|
$953
|
|
2. Fair Value of Derivative Asset Proxy
|
|
$61
|
$25
|
|
A. Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,037
|
$978
|
|
Account Interim Value
|
|
$1,037
|
$978
|
|
Change in Index Value is 10%
|
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy
|
|
$976
|
$953
|
|
2. Fair Value of Derivative Asset Proxy
|
|
$176
|
$128
|
|
A. Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,151
|
$1,081
|
|
Account Interim Value
|
|
$1,151
|
$1,081
|
|
Change in Index Value is 20%
|
|
6 Year
|
6 Year
|
|
1. Fair Value of the Fixed Income Asset Proxy
|
|
$976
|
$953
|
|
2. Fair Value of Derivative Asset Proxy
|
|
$258
|
$190
|
|
A. Interim Value = Sum of 1 + 2
|
|
$1,233
|
$1,144
|
|
Account Interim Value
|
|
$1,233
|
$1,144
|
Principal Underwriter
Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. ( “ LFD ” ) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Lincoln National Corporation and an
affiliate of Lincoln Life. LFD serves as the principal underwriter (the “ Principal Underwriter ” ) for the contracts, as described in the prospectus. The Principal Underwriter
currently offers, and expects to continue offering, the contracts to the public on a continuous basis, but reserves the right to discontinue offering the contracts at any time. Prior to May 6, 2024, the Principal
Underwriter offered the contracts through sales representatives who were registered with either Lincoln Financial Advisors Corporation ( “ LFA ” ) or
Lincoln Financial Securities Corporation ( “ LFN” ) (collectively “ LFN ” ), each an affiliate of LFD. The Principal Underwriter has also entered
into selling agreements with other broker-dealers ( “ Selling Firms ” ) for the sale of the contracts. Sales representatives who are registered with Selling Firms
B-17
are appointed as our insurance agents. LFD, in its capacity as Principal Underwriter, paid to LFN and Selling Firms, sales compensation
totaling $ 428,870,241 in 2022, $403,677,807 in 2023 and $ 480,185,092 in 2024 , in connection with all of the contracts offered under the VAA. The Principal
Underwriter retained no underwriting commissions for the sale of the contracts. LFD maintains its principal place of business at 130 North Radnor Chester Road, Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087.
Contract Information
Additional Services
Automatic Withdrawal Service (AWS) — AWS
provides an automatic, periodic withdrawal of Contract Value to you. AWS may take place on either a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, as
selected by the Contractowner. You may elect to participate in AWS at the time of application or at any time before the Annuity Commencement Date by sending a written request or in another manner
acceptable to us. The minimum Contract Value required to establish AWS is $10,000. You may cancel or make changes to your AWS program at any time by sending a written request to us. If telephone authorization
has been elected, certain changes may be made by telephone. Notwithstanding the requirements of the program, any withdrawal must be permitted under Section 401(a)(9) of the IRC for qualified plans or
permitted under Section 72 of the IRC for nonqualified contracts. To the extent that withdrawals under AWS do not qualify for an exemption from the contingent deferred sales charge, we will assess any applicable
surrender charges on those withdrawals. See Surrender Charge.
Portfolio Rebalancing — Portfolio rebalancing is an option,
which, if elected by the Contractowner, restores to a pre-determined level the percentage of the Contract Value (or Account Value under i4LIFE® Indexed Advantage), allocated to each variable
Subaccount. This pre-determined level will be the allocation initially selected when the Contract was purchased, unless subsequently changed. The portfolio rebalancing allocation may be changed at any time by submitting a
written request to us. If portfolio rebalancing is elected, all Purchase Payments allocated to the variable Subaccounts must be subject to portfolio rebalancing. Portfolio rebalancing may take place on either a monthly,
quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, as selected by the Contractowner. The Contractowner may terminate the portfolio rebalancing program or re-enroll at any time by sending a written request to us. If telephone
authorization has been elected, the Contractowner may make these elections by phone. The portfolio rebalancing program is not available following the Annuity Commencement Date.
Please note that all of the services discussed in this section will stop once we become aware of a pending death claim.
Other Information
Due to differences in redemption rates, tax treatment or other considerations, the interests of policyholders under the variable life accounts
could conflict with those of Contractowners under the VAA. In those cases, where assets from variable life and variable annuity separate accounts are invested in the same fund(s) (i.e., where mixed funding occurs), the Boards
of Directors of the fund involved will monitor for any material conflicts and determine what action, if any, should be taken. If it becomes necessary for any separate account to replace shares of any fund with another
investment, that fund may have to liquidate securities on a disadvantageous basis. Refer to the prospectus for each fund for more information about mixed funding.
Determination of Accumulation and Annuity Unit Value
A description of the days on which Accumulation and Annuity Units will be valued is given in the prospectus. The New York Stock Exchange's
(NYSE) most recent announcement (which is subject to change) states that it will be closed on weekends and on these holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth,
Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. If any of these holidays occurs on a weekend day, the Exchange may also be closed on the business day occurring just before or just after the holiday. It may
also be closed on other days.
Since the portfolios of some of the funds and series will consist of securities primarily listed on foreign exchanges or otherwise traded
outside the United States, those securities may be traded (and the net asset value of those funds and series and of the variable account could therefore be significantly affected) on days when the investor has no access to
those funds and series.
Annuity Payments
Variable Annuity Payouts
Variable Annuity Payouts will be determined on the basis of:
●
the dollar value of the Contract on the Annuity Commencement Date less any applicable
premium tax;
●
the annuity tables contained in the Contract;
●
the type of annuity option selected; and
B-18
●
the investment results of the fund(s) selected.
In order to determine the amount of variable Annuity Payouts, we make the following calculation:
●
first, we determine the dollar amount of the first payout;
●
second, we credit the Contract with a fixed number of Annuity Units based on the
amount of the first payout; and
●
third, we calculate the value of the Annuity Units each period thereafter.
These steps are explained below.
The dollar amount of the first periodic variable Annuity Payout is determined by applying the total value of the Accumulation Units credited
under the Contract valued as of the Annuity Commencement Date (less any premium taxes) to the annuity tables contained in the Contract. The first variable Annuity Payout will be paid 14 days after the Annuity Commencement
Date. This day of the month will become the day on which all future Annuity Payouts will be paid. Amounts shown in the tables are based on the 1983 Table “a” Individual Annuity Mortality Tables, modified, with an assumed
investment return at the rate of 3%, 4%, 5% or 6% per annum, depending on the terms of your Contract. The first Annuity Payout is determined by multiplying the benefit per $1,000 of value shown in the contract tables by the
number of thousands of dollars of value accumulated under the Contract. These annuity tables vary according to the form of annuity selected and the age of the Annuitant at the Annuity Commencement Date. The assumed interest
rate is the measuring point for subsequent Annuity Payouts. If the actual net investment rate (annualized) exceeds the assumed interest rate, the payout will increase at a rate equal to the amount of such excess.
Conversely, if the actual rate is less than the assumed interest rate, Annuity Payouts will decrease. If the assumed rate of interest were to be
increased, Annuity Payouts would start at a higher level but would decrease more rapidly or increase more slowly.
We may use sex-distinct annuity tables in contracts that are not associated with employer sponsored plans and where not prohibited by law.
At an Annuity Commencement Date, the Contract is credited with Annuity Units for each Subaccount on which variable Annuity Payouts are based.
The number of Annuity Units to be credited is determined by dividing the amount of the first periodic payout by the value of an Annuity Unit in each Subaccount selected. Although the number of Annuity Units is fixed by this
process, the value of such units will vary with the value of the underlying fund. The amount of the second and subsequent periodic payouts is determined by multiplying the Contractowner’s fixed number of Annuity Units in each
Subaccount by the appropriate Annuity Unit value for the Valuation Date ending 14 days prior to the date that payout is due.
The value of each Subaccount’s Annuity Unit will be set initially at $1.00. The Annuity Unit value for each Subaccount at the end of any
Valuation Date is determined by multiplying the Subaccount Annuity Unit value for the immediately preceding Valuation Date by the product of:
●
The net investment factor of the Subaccount for the Valuation Period for which the
Annuity Unit value is being determined, and
●
A factor to neutralize the assumed investment return in the annuity table.
The value of the Annuity Units is determined as of a Valuation Date 14 days prior to the payment date in order to permit calculation of amounts
of Annuity Payouts and mailing of checks in advance of their due dates. Such checks will normally be issued and mailed at least three days before the due date.
Financial Statements
( To Be Filed By Amendment )
B-19
PART C - OTHER INFORMATION
Item 27. Exhibits
(a) Not applicable.
(b) Not applicable.
(2) Form
of Broker-Dealer Selling Agreement by and among The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York and Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-222785) filed on January 30, 2018.
(g) Not applicable.
(h) Not applicable.
(i) Accounting and Financial Administration Services Agreement dated January 1, 2019 among State Street Bank and Trust Company, The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of
New York is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective
Amendment No. 36 on Form N-6 (File No. 333-125790) filed on April 12, 2019.
(j) Not applicable.
(k) Opinion and Consent of Counsel of Jassmin McIver-Jones, Counsel of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, as to the legality of
securities being issued (To Be Filed By Amendment).
(l) Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (To Be Filed By Amendment).
(m) Not applicable.
(n) Not applicable.
(q) Not applicable
(r) Not applicable
Item 28. Directors and Officers of the Insurance Company
The following list contains the officers and directors of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company who are engaged directly or indirectly
in activities relating to as well as the contracts. The list also shows The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company's executive officers.
|
Name
|
Positions and Offices with Insurance
Company
|
|
Craig T. Beazer*
|
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Director
|
|
Jayson R. Bronchetti*
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Director
|
|
Adam M. Cohen*
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
|
|
Ellen G. Cooper*
|
President and Director
|
|
Stephen B. Harris*
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer
|
|
Christopher M. Neczypor*
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
|
|
Nancy A. Smith*
|
Senior Vice President and Secretary
|
|
Joseph D. Spada**
|
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer for Separate Accounts
|
|
Eric B. Wilmer***
|
Assistant Vice President and Director
|
*Principal business address is 150 N. Radnor-Chester Road, Radnor, PA 19087
**Principal business address is 350 Church Street, Hartford, CT 06103
***Principal business address is 1301 South Harrison Street, Fort Wayne, IN 46802
Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Insurance Company
See Exhibit (s) above: Lincoln National Corporation Organization Chart
Item 30. Indemnification
a) Brief description of indemnification provisions.
In general, Article VII of the By-Laws of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (Lincoln Life or Company) provides that Lincoln Life
will indemnify certain persons against expenses, judgments and certain other specified costs incurred by any such person if he/she is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to a suit or proceeding because he/she
was a director, officer, or employee of Lincoln Life, as long as he/she acted in good faith and in a manner he/she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of, or act opposed to the best interests of, Lincoln Life.
Certain additional conditions apply to indemnification in criminal proceedings.
B-2
In particular, separate conditions govern indemnification of directors, officers, and employees of Lincoln Life in
connection with suits by, or in the right of, Lincoln Life.
Please refer to Article VII of the By-Laws of Lincoln Life (Exhibit no. f(b) hereto) for the full text of the indemnification provisions.
Indemnification is permitted by, and is subject to the requirements of, Indiana law.
b) Undertaking pursuant to Rule 484 of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933:
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 28(a) above or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against
public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a
director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any such action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by
it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 31. Principal Underwriter
(a) Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. (“LFD”) currently serves as Principal Underwriter for: Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account C;
Lincoln National Flexible Premium Variable Life Account D; Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account E; Lincoln National Flexible Premium Variable Life Account F; Lincoln National Flexible Premium Variable Life Account G;
Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H; Lincoln Life & Annuity Variable Annuity Account H; Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account J; Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account K; Lincoln
National Variable Annuity Account L; Lincoln Life & Annuity Variable Annuity Account L; Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account M; Lincoln Life & Annuity Flexible Premium Variable Life Account M;
Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N; Lincoln New York Account N for Variable Annuities; Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account Q; Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account R; LLANY Separate Account R for
Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance; Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account S; LLANY Separate Account S for Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance; Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account T; Lincoln Life
Variable Annuity Account W; and Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account Y and Lincoln Life & Annuity Flexible Premium Variable Life Account Y; Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account JF-H; Lincoln Life
Variable Annuity Account JF-I; Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account JF-A; Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account JF-C; Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account JL-A; Lincoln Life & Annuity
Flexible Premium Variable Life Account JA-B; Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust; Lincoln Advisors Trust.
(b) Officers and Directors of Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc.:
|
Name
|
Positions and Offices with Underwriter
|
|
Adam M. Cohen*
|
Senior Vice President and Treasurer
|
|
Jason M. Gibson**
|
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
|
|
Claire H. Hanna*
|
Secretary
|
|
John C. Kennedy*
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
|
Jared M. Nepa*
|
Senior Vice President and Director
|
|
Timothy J. Seifert Sr*
|
Senior Vice President and Director
|
|
Vacant
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Head of Financial
Institutions Group
|
*Principal business address is 150 N. Radnor-Chester Road, Radnor, PA 19087
**Principal business address is 1301 South Harrison Street, Fort Wayne, IN 46802
(c) N/A
B-3
Item 31A. Information about Contracts with Indexed-Linked Options and Fixed Options Subject to a Contract Adjustment
(a) The information in the chart below is current as of December 31, 2024 (To Be Filed By Amendment).
|
Name of the Contract
|
Number of
Contracts
Outstanding
|
Total Value
Attributable
to the Index
and/or Fixed
Option Subject
to an Adjustment
|
Number of
Contracts Sold
During the
Prior
Calendar
Year
|
Gross
Premiums
Received
During the
Prior
Calendar
Year
|
Amount of
Contract Value
Redeemed
During the
Prior
Calendar
Year
|
Combination
Contract
(Yes/No)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Current limits on Index gains in effect for each Indexed Account during the twelve months ending on December 31, 2024 (To Be Filed By
Amendment).
Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records
This information is provided in the Registrant’s most recent report on Form N-CEN.
Item 33. Management Services
Not Applicable.
Item 34. Fee Representation and Undertakings
a. The Insurance Company undertakes that it will file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment
to the registration statement to include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; and.
b. The Insurance Company undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective
amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
B-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant by the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form N-4 and has duly caused this Post-Effective
Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Hartford, and the State of Connecticut on this 25th day of February, 2024, at 2:37
pm.
THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Registrant)
/s/Kimberly A. Genovese
By: ______________________________
Kimberly A. Genovese
Vice President
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 25th day of February, 2025, at 2:37pm.
|
Signature
|
Title
|
|
*/s/Ellen G. Cooper
_____________________________
Ellen G. Cooper
|
President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
*/s/Christopher M. Neczypor
_____________________________
Christopher M. Neczypor
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
*/s/Craig T. Beazer
_____________________________
Craig T. Beazer
|
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Director
|
|
*/s/Eric B. Wilmer
_____________________________
Eric B. Wilmer
|
Assistant Vice President and Director
|
|
*/s/Jayson R. Bronchetti
_____________________________
Jayson R. Bronchetti
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Director
|
|
*/s/Adam M. Cohen
_____________________________
Adam M. Cohen
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
/s/Kimberly A. Genovese
* By , Pursuant to a Power of Attorney
Kimberly A. Genovese
|
ATTACHMENTS / EXHIBITS
Serious News for Serious Traders! Try StreetInsider.com Premium Free!
You May Also Be Interested In
- Press release: CMB.TECH fleet update
- SoftAtHome powers Orange's new "Reconnexion Flash" Service with Always'ON to Keep French Homes Online During Fiber Outages
- TEG’s SmartPay Surpasses £478m as Early Payment Reaches Thousands of UK Haulage Businesses
Create E-mail Alert Related Categories
SEC FilingsSign up for StreetInsider Free!
Receive full access to all new and archived articles, unlimited portfolio tracking, e-mail alerts, custom newswires and RSS feeds - and more!




Tweet
Share